User Interface: Marks Used in This Manual

HMM220003
User Interface
H1.5-1.8TX, H2.0TXS [B475];
H2.0-3.5TX [B466]
Marks used in this manual
In this manual, the following marks are used. Becoming familiar with the intended
purpose of respective marks allows you to make the most use of this manual
effectively.
ADVICE
Noteworthy procedures, operation and conditions, etc., emphasizing of them is
imperative.
CAUTION
Cautions as to the danger or dangerous operation: If the user does not pay due
attention to these cautions, bodily injury, damage to the product or breakage of
equipment could result.
WARNING
Cautions as to the dangerous operation which has a high possibility of causing a
bodily injury or death if the user does not pay due attention to these cautions.
1-1
1. General cautions at checkup and repair of electric 　
system
CAUTION
1 When making a checkup, component replacement and repairs, make it a rule to have a battery
removed.
2 When disconnecting the wiring, have the symbols and connection points recorded.
3 At the time of component replacement, great attention should be given to the polarity.
4 Upon completion of component replacement or repair, before connecting a battery, recheck
should be made for omission of connection or loosened terminal of parts subjected to the
replacement or modification. Among others, the failure to connect the connector of controller
threatens the breakage of controller board.
5 Upon getting at breakdown information, first, it is necessary to clarify the type of breakdown.
What error massage is displayed on the display, how is a phenomenon, frequency of
occurrence, occurrence timing, in the case of driving system, is there any difference between
forward and reverse sides, etc.
1-3
2. Dash Display
[1] Part Names
ATF Temperature Display Change ▷ Button
(Automatic only) Clock display change during normal mode
Battery Charge Maintenance Required
Sedimenter Glow Lamp
Engine Oil Warning Display
(Diesel only) (Diesel only)
Pressure
Display Change
◁ Button
Hour Meter display
change during
normal mode
Coolant Temperature Mode Change M Button

Fuel Level Gauge Gauge
(Gasoline/Diesel)
LCD Alarm Display Hour Meter starting setting, controller display
Seat Belt change button,
(When effective)
clock time setting, password entry & ID selection,
Hour meter, message, serviceman mode, history selection
calendar display, error display
Digital Clock, speed display (while traveling),

load display, message/password entry, menu
(Setting mode)
ADVICE
Display is an indicator with scarce information amount and expression power.
Therefore, though few in numbers, the mode of expression being unlikely as a word or abbreviated
character is used.
Message
Message Description Release method
The operator does not sit in the seat when the

Sit in the seat
key switch stays at“ON”position.
Shift lever is in“F (Forward)”or“R (Reverse)” Put the shift lever to the N (Neutral)
position when the key switch is turned“ON”. position.
The operator vacated his seat without pulling a

Pull the parking brake lever.
parking brake lever.
The key switch was turned“ON”without pulling Pull the parking brake lever, and
a parking lever, and with shift lever stays at“F then put the shift lever to the N
(Forward)”or“R (Reverse)”position. (Neutral) position.
Alarm of low battery voltage. The key switch
Start up an engine or return the key
stays at“ON”position for 10 minutes or more
switch to the“OFF”position.
while the engine remains stopped.
When the key switch has been turned“ON”
position, the mini lever is not at a neutral Return the mini lever to the neutral
position, or the mini lever is operated. position once.
(E-HYD option)
2-1
[2] Explanations for Display Functions
(1) Initial startup of display
・With turning “ON” of the key switch, a
startup tone (beep) sounds, all icons and
characters are displayed and LCD display
is checked.
(2) Hour Meter

・Operating hour appears.
Full fuel Half fuel Low fuel (blinking)
・While operating actually, a sand clock
mark blinks every one second. While
stop, a sand clock mark stays lighted
without blinking.
(3) Fuel Level Gauge (Gasoline /Diesel)

・Residual fuel quantity of gasoline- &
diesel-powered truck appears. Suitable temperature Minor warning Major warning (Blinking)
・With turning “ON” the key switch, A little overheated Overheated
at full tank, all bar level indicators ■

appear and the bar level indicators ■ go out in sequence as the fuel decreases.
・When the lowermost bar level indicator ■ blinks, low fuel is informed with a warning display “Lo”
and a warning tone. Replenish the fuel.
(4) Coolant Temperature Gauge

・Engine coolant temperature
Display and warning tone of coolant temperature gauge
appears.
Bar level Warning Warning
・With turning “ON” of the Warning tone
indicator condition display
key switch, engine coolant Major
5 blinking ｢！｣＋｢Hi｣ Beep
temperature is displayed with bar warning
level indicators ■. Minor
5 lighted ｢！｣＋｢Hi｣－
・As an engine coolant temperature warning
rises, the bar level indicators 4 lighted OK －－
■ appear in sequence from 3 lighted OK －－
underneath. Situated at 2 lighted OK －－
intermediate position means the 1 lighted OK －－
suitable temperature and the
lighting of the uppermost indicator ■ represents a little overheated of 110℃ or more and a warning
display ”Hi” shows the minor warning condition. Further, in the case of overheat of 115℃ or
more, the bar level indicator ■ blinks and the major warning condition is made known together with
warning tone.
(5) Digital clock

・With turning ON of the key switch, the time display (12-hour style) is made.
・When a battery power is disconnected, the digital clock is reset (12:00).
2-2
(6) Battery Charge Icon
・Warning display is made showing the generation status of the alternator.
・With turning “ON” of the key switch, Charge Icon appears.
・Once an engine started up and if there is something wrong with the alternator, a warning display is
made and simultaneously a warning tone sounds for 2 seconds.
・After turning “OFF” the key switch, turn ON the key switch again. Then, if warning condition
persists even after starting up of an engine, a warning appears and the buzzer sounds again.
(7) Engine Oil Pressure Icon

・Warning showing insufficient lubricating oil pressure appears.
・Engine Oil Pressure icon appears when the key switch is turned “ON”.
・Once an engine started and oil pressure reached a normal range, this icon disappears.
・Once an engine started up and if there is something wrong with oil pressure, warning display is made
and simultaneously a warning tone sounds for 2 seconds.
After turning “OFF” the key switch, turn “ON” the key switch again. Then, if warning condition
persists even after starting up of an engine, a warning appears and buzzer sounds again.
(8) ATF Temperature Icon (Automatic transmission)

・Warning showing the application limits of temperature rise in ATF appears.
・Even the key switch is turned “ON”, the icon does not appear when the temperature stays in
normal.
・When the temperature of ATF exceeds 120℃, a warning appears. In addition, simultaneously, a
warning tone sounds for 2 seconds and if warning condition prevails again, a warning tone sounds
again (When continued, first time only)
・If warning condition persists even turning “ON” the key switch again after turning “OFF” the
key switch, a warning appears and buzzer sounds again.
(9) Sedimenter Icon (Diesel)

・Sedimenter warning icon appears when the water more than specified level accumulates in the
sedimenter (Diesel fuel water-dust separator).
・Even the key switch is turned “ON”, Sedimenter icon does not appear when the water level stays
in normal.
・Warning appears when the water more than specified level accumulates. Further, simultaneously a
warning tone sounds for 2 seconds and if warning condition prevails again, a warning tone sounds
again. (When continued, first time only)
・If warning condition persists even turning “ON” the key switch again after turning “OFF” the
key switch, a warning appears and buzzer sounds again.
(10) Glow Lamp (Diesel)

・Display showing that the glow plug triggers appears.
・Glow lamp stays lighted for about 3 seconds when the key switch is turned “ON”, the glow plug is
heated rapidly and preparation for starting is proceeded.
From then on, this lamp blinks while the glow plug is operating until the key switch has been turned
“OFF”. In addition, at cranking as well, the glow plug trips and display appears.
2-3
(11) Seat Belt Warning Icon
・Seat Belt Warning icon blinks for 10 seconds after turning “ON” the key switch and then goes out.
(12) Key Switch ON Reminder Warning Buzzer

・If the key switch stays ON for 3 minutes or more after an engine has been stopped, warning buzzer
sounds to notify.
(13) Low Battery Voltage Warning

・After an engine has been stopped and the key switch stays “ON” for 10 minutes or more with
the operator sitting in the seat, a warning buzzer sounds 3 cycles and “bΓ Lo” (Battery LOW)
appears to give warning about low battery voltage.
・After an engine has been stopped and the key switch stays “ON” for 10 minutes or more further
(20 minutes in total) with operator sitting in the seat, a warning buzzer tone sounds 5 cycles and “b
Lo” (Battery LOW) appears and respective solenoids are shut down forcedly.
・Regardless of sitting in the seat or leaving the seat, if the key switch stays “ON” for 30 minutes in
total after an engine has been stopped, “bΓ Lo” (Battery LOW) appears and warning buzzer tone
sounds 10 cycles.
(14) Service Interval A (Optional)

・When the hour meter reading reached the predetermined hours, the “Maintenance” icon and
“Message” appear on the hour meter display to notify the required service.
・With a push of Mode change M button for 2 seconds or more while the service interval appears,
such interval display can be cancelled.
Message Effective
Service
to be Cumulative hours of hour meter period of
Interval
displayed display
Every 50 H 50h　C At 50 H This icon
and message
Every 200 H 200h　C At 200 H，
（At 400 H）（
，At 600 H）（
，At 800 H），At 1000 H・
・・ appear for
3 minutes
Every 400 H 400h　C At 400 H，At 800 H，（At 1200 H），At 1600 H・・・ whenever the
key switch
Every 600 H 600h　C At 600 H，（At 1200 H），At 1800 H・・・
is turned
Every 1200 H 1200h　C At 1200 H，（At 2400 H），At 3600 H・・・ ON while 1
hour of hour
Every 2400 H 2400h　C At 2400 H，At 4800 H・・・ meter.
2-4
(15) Service Interval B (Optional)
・When the hour meter reading reached the hours defined arbitrarily, the“Maintenance”icon and
“Message”appear on the hour meter display to notify the required service.
・With a push of Mode change M button for 2 seconds or more while the service interval appears, such
interval display can be cancelled.
Settable interval time is from 10 hours to 2560 hours (Setting is available at 10 hours pitch).
Message Effective
Service
Interval
displayed display
This icon
and message
appear for
3 minutes
Every set At set time is H hours, at setting time x 2 hours, at setting
Set time whenever the
time time x 3H，・・・
key switch
is turned ON
while 1 hour of
hour meter.
Caution
With respect to the selection of optional function and setting method, see the section of controller.
2-5
[3] How to Set the Digital Clock /Alarm
(1) Clock and calendar functions and how to set them
・While the key switch stays “ON”, real time display (12-hour system) appears under normal display
mode.
・The clock continues to operate even though the key switch is turned “OFF”, however, the display
disappears.
・Removal of battery causes the digital clock to be initialized to 2005.01.01.
・How to set the date and clock time right

1) Turn “ON” the key switch and get into the normal display mode.
2) With a simultaneous push of the display change  and  buttons for 2 seconds or more, the
confirmatory tone sounds and the screen which enables to change the description of display
appears.
3) With a push of the display change  button, blinking of figures moves in sequence, Year → Month
→ Day → Hour → Minute → Year ・・・. (24-hour system only when it is set)
Display change  button serves only for the movement.
4) Push the display change  button to change the set value to the correct date and clock time. With a
long push of the button (several seconds), the figure is fast-forwarded automatically.
5) Once the setting value has been changed to the correct date and clock time, with a push of the
mode change M-button, a confirmatory tone sounds and the setting ended, and the real time clock
display and hour meter display return to the default screen.
Default display screen How to set the date and clock time right
of Real Time Clock/
Hour Meter display Change the set value：
→：Simultaneous push of
▷ and ◁ buttons for 2 seconds
←：M (Setting)
↓：
←：M (Setting)
↓：
↓：
↓：
: Indicates blinking.
2-6
ADVICE
As to the“Year”setting of calendar
The year can be set in the year of our Lord for 30 years from 2005 to 2035.
Next to 2035, the year will return to 2005. On the display, the year appears with last two digits of the
year of our Lord. (In the case of 2008, it appears as“08”).
CAUTION
As to the setting of“Second”
In the case of making setting of real time clock, the time appears up to“Hour”and“Minute”only.
There is no display of second. The value of second at the time when the real time clock setting
completes by pushing M-button becomes“00”second.
Depending on the time setting timing, there may be a case where the time lags by about 1 minute
when the setting is made.
2-7
(2) Alarm function and how to set it
・When the time reaches a preset clock time, the alarm tone sounds for 10 seconds and the alarm
display blinks.
・This truck comes complete with a function when the time reaches ＊＊:00, the time tone (signal)
sounds once.
・When the setting hold good and the key switch stays “ON”, the alarm and time tone (signal)
operate.
・The alarm time is 1 setting and the selection With/Without time tone is available, as the setting is
saved, its memory does not disappear even the key switch is turned “OFF”.
However, the removal of battery caused the setting to return to the default.
・Default setting consists of No Alarm “OFF”, No Time Tone “OFF” and Alarm Time “9:00”.
・When the alarm time reaches the set value/the hour even during traveling, the Real Time Clock
appears and the alarm/time tone sounds. In addition, the alarm continues to sound for 10 seconds
unless the manual operation button (any button in the display) is pushed.
・How to set the alarm

1) Turn “ON” the key switch to get into the normal display mode.
2) With a simultaneous push of the display change  button and mode change M-button for 2 seconds
or more, the confirmatory tone sounds and the screen which enables to change the description of
display appears.
3) With a push of the display change  button, blinking of figure moves in sequence, Hour → Minute
→ Presence of alarm → Presence of hour tone → Hour ・・・. (24-hour system only when it is set)
Display change  button serves only for the movement.
4) Change the setting for the time when you hope to set the alarm, presence of alarm and presence of
hour tone by pushing the display change  button. For the setting of Presence of alarm and hour
tone, its selection is available as “ON” and “OFF” appears alternatively on the Hour Meter
display. Long push of the button triggers the automatic addition function.
5) Once the setting has been changed, with a push of the mode change M-button, the confirmatory
tone sounds and the setting ended, and the Real Time Clock display and Hour Meter Display return
to the default screen.
How to set the alarm Change the set value：

→：Simultaneous push of
▷ and ◁ buttons for 2 seconds
←：M (Setting)
↓：
←：M (Setting)
↓： Alarm ON
⇔：
↓： Time tone ON
：Indicates blinking. ⇔：
2-8
[4] Speedometer, Hour Meter, Odometer, Calendar displays
Speedometer
In the case of speedometer, the display
mode changes from Real Time display to
the Speedometer display simultaneously Display Change  Button
設定切替えボタン
with the start of traveling. Further, when

the traveling stopped, after a short time, Display Change  Button
設定切替えボタン
the display mode returns to the Real

モード切替えＭボタン
Mode Change M Button
Time Clock mode.
Selection of display pattern as Fixed at

the Real Clock Time display is available.
For the selection method, refer to the
section “Operator mode”.
※ When the speedometer was attached

after shipment, make setting so that the screen display while traveling becomes a speedometer under
operator mode.
Load meter (Optional)

Refer to the section “Optional load meter”.
Hour Meter/Calendar/Odometer
Whenever the display change  button is pushed, the display
Hour Meter Key ON
changes to the following:
↓：Button
・Hour Meter Key ON Accumulated Hours: h ↑：Button
(Key Switch ON)
・Calendar
・Odometer Accumulated Travel distance :
・Hour Meter Accumulated Travel hours : H Calendar
↓：Button
Calendar
Calendar display on the Hour Meter area is available.
With one push of the display change  button while Hour
Meter appears, the Calendar appears. This display continues Odometer Travel Distance
until the key switch is turned “OFF”. ↓：Button
Odometer
Odometer travel distance display on the Hour Meter area is
available. Hour Meter Travel Hours
With two pushes of the display change  button while Hour ↓：Button
Meter appears, the travel distance appears. This display Return to Hour Meter Key ON display
continues until the key switch is turned “OFF”.
2-9
Hour Meter
Travel Hours display on the Hour Meter area is available.
With 3 pushes of the display change  button while Hour Meter appears, the Travel Hours appear.
This display continues until the key switch is turned “OFF”.
Speedometer Alarm (Optional)

Type that uses the display (Optional mode setting)
Refer to the section “Speedometer Alarm”.
External output type speedometer alarm 1, speedometer alarm 2 (Maker option)
CAUTION
Selection of Speedometer Alarm 2 is not available when the Overload Alarm was selected.
Overload Alarm (Optional)

Type that uses the display (In the case of with Load Meter, optional mode setting)
Refer to the section “Overload Alarm”.
External output type (Maker option)
CAUTION
Simultaneous selection together with Speedometer Alarm 2 is not available.
2-10
[5] Operator Mode
User selectable function
How the shift toward the operator mode is performed

In the normal display mode, with a continuous push of the mode change M button for 2 seconds or
more, the mode shifts to the operator mode. Simultaneously with the beginning of the operator mode,
“OPE SET” denoting the software version and operator mode appears.
Settable details
1. Function to set “0kg” of Load Meter.
(Set “0kg” when the optional Load Meter is installed or when LTV function is used)
This is a mode to set “0kg” of Load Meter when the attachment was replaced or the fork was
replaced at the user.
When the fork, etc. was replaced, the load value may deviate. This is a function to adjust the
value by setting “0kg” in such case.
　How to set
　1) Push M button for 2 seconds or more after turning“ON”the key switch to get into the operator
mode.
　2) Push the  button once to select“0kg”set [AUT SEΓ].
　3) Get the mast upright with fork or attachment to be used actually mounted.
(Inclination of mast makes the error bigger. When a certain degree of accuracy is expected, it
is recommended to adjust“0kg”taking 90° ±0.1° as a guideline and make measurement also
taking 90°± 0.1° as a guideline.
　4) With a push of the  button, the Load“0kg”set mode begins. The value to be displayed at this
moment is the value set as“0kg”previously.
　5) With a push of the  button again, the reading of data for“0kg”, that is to say the mast
pressure starts.
　6) Rev up the engine to the extent of lifting the cargo actually. Maintain such rotating state of
engine.
　7) Lift the cargo aiming at 30 to 50cm from the floor. (just like actual work).
　8) After a several seconds,‘Lo 0’kg“SEΓ ×××”appear and“0kg”set completed.
（× varies depending on the truck state.）This means that this value was set to 0kg).
　9) Come out from the operator mode according to the following operating procedure. Or it is
possible to come out from the operator made by turning“OFF”the key switch once as well.
Reference: Same operation as automatic“0 kg”measurement of the serviceman mode.
2. Function to select which item is displayed when the truck stops or while traveling.
Example when the speedometer or load meter (optional) is used
　1) Push M button for two seconds or more after turning “ON” the key switch to get in the
operator mode.
　2) Push the  button twice to select “dSP SET”.
　3) With a push of the  button, the display pattern selection mode starts.
2-11
　4) With a push of the  button, the display patterns of display appear in series.
(Refer to the following operating procedure)
　5) Once you determined the display pattern, push the  button. You will be prompted to store or
not store the setting at that time.
“SEΓ no” denoting not store appears first.
If you hope to store the setting, with a push of the  button, “SEΓ yES” appears. With a push
of the  button again, “SEΓ no” or "SEΓ yES” appears alternatively.
To store (SET) the setting, with a push of M button with “SEΓ yES” displayed, the setting is
stored.
　6) When the setting was stored, “yES” appears in the selected display pattern.
Display Selection Table (Load Meter: In the case of with option)
Display While Traveling Under stop
Real Time Clock

Speedometer
display
Speedometer Load Meter
Real Time Clock

Load Meter
display
Real Time Clock Real Time Clock

display display
Load Meter Load Meter
One display pattern is selectable from the above.
2-12
[Operating procedure of operator mode]
Operator mode consists of function that allows the operator to set “0kg” of load meter easily, the
display pattern selection function of display and the screen to confirm the software version number of
controller.
Area framed in by in the figure on the left is an area

specified in the title display text with “ “.
Set value and title complementary display Area specified with
“ “ in the text.
Display of the software version number

Long push of of controller and operator mode
M button for 2
seconds or more
after turning “ON”
the key switch.
↓：button
1. “0kg” set function of load meter
【load】
→：button →：button
Automatic measurement
＊＊＊
Measurement for 0kg set
with measuring conditions
→：button is underway
＊＊＊
Coming out from the

operator mode is ←：Ｍbutton Measurement completed Screen shifts automatically
＊＊＊
available by pushing
M button or turning
"OFF" of the key. Display of previous ＊＊＊ load (Mast pressure data) stored value
↑：button ××× is a read value of controller
0kg set is available over and over again if the measurement start conditions are complete
2. Function to select which item is displayed when the truck stops or while traveling.
Display pattern selection of display
↓：button Display of in traveling 　　　Display of under stop

【speedometer】　　　　　　　【clock 】 Display of in traveling 　　Display of under stop
【speedometer】　　　　　　【clock 】
（ｒｕｎ：ｓｔｏｐ） SP:CL is standard (Standard setting screen)
↓：button
【speedometer】　　　　　　　　【load】 →：button 【speedometer】　　　　　　　【load】
↓：button ↑：button
←：Ｍbutton
↓：button ←：Ｍbutton
【clock 】　　　　　　　　　　　　【load 】
【clock 】　　　　　　　　　　　　【load 】
↑：button
↓：button
【clock 】　　　　　　　　　　　　【clock】
【clock 】　　　　　　　　　　　　【clock】
【load】　　　　　　　　　　　　　　【load】
↓：button
【load】　　　　　　　　　　　　　　【load】
Example: Before-setting condition Example: After-setting condition

While traveling: Speedometer While traveling: Speedometer
Under stop: Real Time Clock display Under stop: Load Meter (Optical)
Memo
Example“0100”means that the software version is VER1.00.
Software version is not fixed.
In the tables and figures subsequently to this section,“Γ”is expressed as“T”as a matter of
convenience in notation.
2-13
[6] Operation Management Data Display
　
CAUTION
Batch display of truck data, operation management, load totalization, LTV data, etc. is not
available. This is a system to display item by item in series.
Display of truck data

Each Hour Meter Time and Travel Distance are displayed as truck data.
Check on the data until now, today's data, and the data covering up to 10 past days (including today)
as a previous data is available. Herewith, please use these data for the management plan of cargo
handling operation such as the time of periodic inspection in agreement with the operating time and
the service interval display of the forklift.
・Current truck data

Whenever you push the display change  button, Total Hour Meter Key Switch ON Time
(hereinafter described as Key ON Time), Calendar, Odometer Travel Distance, Hour Meter Travel
Hours appear in sequence.
With a push of the display change  button again with Hour Meter Travel Hours displayed, the
display returns to Hour Meter Key ON Time display.
・Today's truck data

With a push of the display change  button, today's date and Hour Meter (Key ON Time) reading of
today appear.
In addition, with a push of the display change  button, the check on today's Travel Hours and
Travel Distance is available.
With a push of the display change  button with today's Travel Hours displayed, today's Key ON
Time display returns.
With a push of the mode change M button in the middle of check, return to Hour Meter Key ON
Time, Odometer Travel Distance and Hour Meter Travel Hours is available respectively.
・Truck data in the past

Whenever you push the display change  button, you can check the past date and Hour Meter (Key
ON Time) value of such date.
With a push of the display change  button again after the display of data for the past 10 days
including today's data by pushing the display change  button, Hour Meter Key ON Time display
returns.
In addition, with a push of the display change  button, check on the Travel Hours and Travel
Distance of each date is available. With a push of the display change  button again with Travel
Hours of check date displayed, Key ON Time display of check date returns.
・Load Totalization Data (Maker option)

Only when the optional Load Meter, Load Meter display and Load Totalizing maker options are
2-14
selected, check on the daily load totalized value is available.
There is a need for the arrangement of maker option.
Load Totalizing Meter requires the installation of the switch for storing the load value.
・LTV data (Optional)

Refer to the section “LTV data”.
・Password-by-password total time (Optional)

When a password is enabled, Total Hour Meter, Total Travel Distance and Total Travel Hours are
displayed on a password-by-password basis.
CAUTION
Real Time Clock on the display is reset when the battery is disconnected. When the battery was
disconnected, always set the clock. (Refer to the section“How to set the clock”)
When resetting was performed, 2005,01,01 12:00 appear as an initial value.
In this case, the calendar of operation management is displayed as E ＊＊ meaning that the
initialization has been made. ＊＊ expresses the how-manieth day from the initialization.
For example,
Calendar display of operation management
Meaning of display Jan 10, 2005 Jan 3, 2005 Jan 2, 2005 Jan 1, 2005 Oct 16 Oct 15 Oct 14
When the Real Time Clock is not set even though the battery has been disconnected many times,
the figure E ＊＊ of the operation management data may be reversed. (As the date may get out of
order, always make a setting of real time)
If the date is not yet stored,“---“appears.
2-15
One manipulation causes one item to be displayed. Batch display is not available in terms of
function.
Operation management (Standard function) (Optional function)

As to the symbols on the right end of Hour Meter display
　ｈ：Hour Meter [h]
Display ChangeButton 　　：Calendar
　　：(substituted symbol of km) Travel distance [km]
Display ChangeButton 　Ｈ：Travel Hours
　Ｐ：Load 1.0P = 1.0ton [t]
Mode Change M Button 　ｏ：Password user Total Hour Meter [h]
　ｂ：Password user Total Travel distance [km]
　ｄ：Password user Total Travel Hours [h]
Example: Today = February 19 Memory of 10-time operation

Date Example: February 19 including today →：Button
Hour Meter Key Return to Hour
→：Button →：Button
ON Time Meter Key ON
●　●　●　●　●　 Time
Hour Meter
↓：Button （↑：Button）
←：ＭButton ←：ＭButton
Return to Hour Meter Key ON Time Return to Hour Meter Key ON Time
Calendar ※１ ↓：Button ↑：Button ↓：Button ↑：Button
Function in the case of with

speedometer
↓：Button
→：Button
Return to
Odometer →：Button →：Button Odometer Travel
Travel distance distance
●　●　●　●　●　●
↓：Button
↓：Button
←：ＭButton（Return to Odometer Travel distance) ←：ＭButton（Return to Odometer Travel distance)
ＭButton
Return to Hour Meter ※１ ↓：Button
→：Button
Hour Meter Return to Hour

→：Button →：Button Meter Travel Hours
Travel Hours
●　●　●　●　●　
↓：Button
↓：Button
ＭButton ←：ＭButton ←：ＭButton(Return to Hour Meter Travel Hours)
Return to Hour Meter Return to Hour Meter Travel Hours ↓：Button
Function in the case of with
optional Load Meter and Load ※１
Totalizing Meter →：Button
Return to Load
Load Totalized →：Button →：Button Totalized Value
Value ●　●　●　●　●　
↓：Button
ＭButton ←：ＭButton（Return to Load Totalizing Meter） ←：ＭButton（Return to Load Totalizing Meter）
Return to Hour Meter ※１
↓：Button ↓：Button
When LTV data display is allowed
Refer to the section “LTV data”
When the optional password is enabled

(Work data of password user)
Hour Meter
(Operator)
↓：Button ＭButton（Return to Hour Meter）
Travel distance
(Operator)
↓：Button
ＭButton（Return to Hour Meter）
Travel Hours
(Operator)
↓：Button ※. 1: With a push of setting M button in the middle of check, return to Hour Meter Key
ＭButton（Return to Hour Meter） ON Time, Odometer travel distance and Hour Meter Travel Hours is available respectively.
2-16
Request
When you check this operation management data on the display, the checking method becomes
such that: Take a look at the data of a variety of hour meters in the matrix form in series through
the small window that allows the date to be seen only one.
In terms of display ability, there is no function such as batch display, etc.
At the time of actual use, you are requested to prepare the recording form to record.
For your information, as the data transfer to the higher-level machine is available, when you give
though to the full-scale operation, you are requested to make contact with the maker.
For example, the processing such as sending a variety of operation management-related data to
the personal computer, causing said data to be displayed in the list form on the screen, or printed
out, etc. are available. (You are requested to take counsel with the maker corresponding to the
option separately).
2-17
[7] LTV Data Display
LTV data calculates and stores the followings:
・Loaded Time h ［　］Hours under loaded condition
・Average Load (Time average) kg ［　］Totalized Load / Load Time
・Loaded Travel Hours h ［　］Hours under loaded condition and traveling condition
(same as the condition of travel hours)
・Loaded Travel distance km ［　］Increment of Travel distance under loaded condition
・Transportation work volume t・km ［　］Average load * Loaded travel distance
Change of display from Operation Management Data indication (Refer to the previous section)
Total Today’s loaded time

→： →： →：button
・Loaded Time
＊＊＊＊ Return to
●　　●　　●　　●　　● Loaded Time
Loaded Time
↓：
←：M button (Return) ←：M button (Return) ←：M button
(Return)
↓：
Ｍ button
Total （Return to Hour Meter）
→： →： →：button
・Average
Load (Time
Return to
●　　●　　●　　●　　● ＊＊＊＊ Average Load
average)
Average cargo handling time
↓： ←：M button (Return) ←：M button (Return) ←：M button
(Return)
Ｍ button ↓：
Total （Return to Hour Meter）
→： →： →：button
・Loaded Return to
Travel Hours ●　　●　　●　　●　　● Loaded Travel
Hours
Loaded Travel Hours

↓： ←：M button (Return) ←：M button (Return) ←：M button
(Return)
Ｍ button
（Return to Hour Meter） ↓：
Total
→： →： →：button
・Loaded
Return to
Travel Loaded Travel
●　　●　　●　　●　　● distance
distance
Loaded Travel distance
←：M button (Return) ←：M button (Return) ←：M button
↓：
Ｍ button (Return)
（Return to Hour Meter）
↓： ↓：
Total
・Transportation →： →： →：button
work volume Return to
●　　●　　●　　●　　● transportation
work volume
Transportation work volume
↓： ←：M button (Return) ←：M button (Return) ←：M button (Return)
Means 　button
Ｍ button
（Return to Hour Meter）
Means 　button
When the optional password is enabled, the display changes to the Operation Management Data display.
2-18
[8] Setting at the Time of Replacing the Display
When the display was replaced, it is necessary to make setting in accordance with the truck.
1. Setting the code

After replacement of the display, the codes 701 (Fuel specification) and 702 (Truck weight) displayed
in the serviceman mode are the set value stored in the controller.
It is necessary to cause the new display to store those set values as well.
□　Code 701: Fuel specification
□　Code 702: Truck weight
How to set: Refer to 3-[5] Controller Setting Code700

Gross outline: Cause the display to display the set value set by the controller of code 701 (Fuel
specification) and 702 (Truck weight) to cause the display to store those values. Accordingly, the
setting of display becomes the setting of controller.
CAUTION
If the setting is not made, proper value is not displayed in the Fuel Level Gauge, etc.
2. Copying the display data

□　Copy the Hour Meter time
In addition, in the case of a truck with an optional speedometer, make also a copy of travel distance
and travel hours together.
□　Copy of travel distance
□　Copy of travel hours
How to set: Refer to [Copy operation from controller to display] shown in 3-[4] Serviceman Mode.
Gross outline: There is a function that copies the Hour Meter Time (Key ON Time) that the
controller stores as a sub data in the display.
The copying of Hour Meter Time that the controller stores to the newly-installed display enables the
counting from the same Hour Meter Time until now.
Similarly, for the case of a truck with an optional speedometer, the copying of Travel distance and
Travel Hours is available.
CAUTION
・This function is not available if the display and controller are out of order.
・If this setting is not made, the hour counter of display starts to count from“0.0h”and there may
be the case where the calculation of operation management, etc. is impossible. In addition, in the
case of a truck with a speedometer, the Travel Hours and Travel distance are counted from“0.0h”
and“0.0km”respectively.
・When the readings of Hour Meter, etc. of the display to be installed are greater than the value of
the display having been removed, the data copy is not available. Error code Errd11 ｘ（x is a figure）
appears.
2-19
3. Controller
[1] Controller Configuration
The controller of this truck is an all in one controller equipped with control functions of respective
solenoids for traveling, cargo handling, steering knob misalignment correction and display.
The controller makes judgment on the motion of respective solenoids and gets control over a part of
display indication according to a variety of input commands and input conditions.
The display is also equipped with CPU and performs a variety of data communication with the
controller. Further, the controller carries out the computation and storage of daily simplified driving
data as well.
Though the driving of a truck is available even if the communication between the controller and display
goes dead or the display goes out of order, the selection and setting of functions, simplified driving
control, speedometer display, Load Meter display, etc. become not available (Some of explanation
above are for the optional function).
3-1
General configuration of control system (including options)
BAT(+) 12V
GND
※１
Optional Controller V-ECU Controller
(E-HYD or RTV-ECU control) CAN communication (Vehicle control) Serial communication Display
IG (+)
Coolant temperature
Key switch IG Fuel
Battery charge
Lubricating oil pressure
Seat switch ※ Torque converter temperature
※ Sedimenter
※ Glow
Headlight switch ※ Air cleaner clogging
※ Coolant level
※ Brake oil level
Battery voltage ※ LPG parallel use input
※　　 Display change ▹ button

Pickup sensor Display change ◃ button
Mode change M button
Buzzer
Mast pressure sensor
Starter switch Starter relay
※ ※
Shift F/R switch Forward solenoid
※ ※
shift N switch Reverse solenoid
※
Mast lowering prohibition solenoid
※
※ Mast unload solenoid
Steering sensor
※ ※
Trail sensor Steering knob misalignment correction solenoid
※
Optional output 1
※
Optional output 2
※ ※
Parking switch External communication 1 IN/OUT
※ ※
Seat belt switch External communication 2 IN/OUT
※
Optional input 1
※
Optional input 2
Note:
There may be a case where those with ※ mark are not installed depending on the truck specification.
CAN = Controller Arer Network

Cargo handling interlocking solenoid = Safety solenoid = Mast unload solenoid + Mast lowering prohibition solenoid
※１　Simultaneous installation of E-HYD(Electronic Hydraulic Controls) Controller and RTV-ECU (Fork horizontal stop) controller is impossible.
3-2
Configuration of E-HYD(Electronic Hydraulic Controls)
BAT(+) 12V
GND
E-HYD ※ V-ECU Controller Serial Display

(E-HYD control) CAN communication (Vehicle control) communication
Key switch IG
Battery voltage
Analog seat sensor Seat switch signal (degital)

Mini lever dedicated seat
C1 solenoid
Proportional solenoid valve 1st spool

Lift up side (side A)
Mini lever (CAN lever) Lift down side (side B)
STD: 3 spool lever
OPT: 4 spool lever
OPT: 3 spool lever with 2 action button
OPT: 4 spool lever with 2 action button Proportional solenoid valve 2nd spool
Tilt back side (side A)
Tilt forwwrd side (side B)
Proportional solenoid valve 3rd spool

Attachment 1 (side A)
Attachment 1 (side B)
※
Proportional solenoid valve 4th spool
Attachment 2 (side A)
Attachment 2 (side B)
※ ※
Tilt angle sensor External communication 1 IN/OUT
※ ※
Tile stop switch Optional output 1
※ ※
Optional input 1 Optional output 2
Note:

STD = Standard
OPT = Option
3-3
Configuration of Fork horizontal stop (RTV)
BAT(+) 12V
GND
※ V-ECU Controller Serial Display

RTV-ECU controller CAN communication (Vehicle control) communication
(RTV control)
Key switch IG
Battery voltage
Tilt angle sensor
Tilt lever sensor
Fork horizontal stop button (NC)
Tilt lever center neutrality storage input
Input of Tilt lever sensor selection
※ ※
Fork horizontal stop button(NO) Optional output 1
※ ※
Tilt neutral switch Optional output 2
※ ※
Input of Controller single selection External communication 1 IN/OUT
Note:
There is no CAN communication when the controller single is selected.

NO = Normal close
NC = Normal open
3-4
General configuration of control system for Electronic Controlled Engine (GAS/LPG) truck
ＢＡＴ（＋）　１２Ｖ
ＧＮＤ
V-ECU Controller
(Vehicle control) Display
IG (+)
Coolant temperature
Fuel
Battery charge
Key switch IG Lubricating oil pressure
※　Torque converter temperature
※　Sedimenter
Seat switch ※　Glow
Serial 1 ※　Air cleaner clogging
※　Coolant level
Headlight switch ※　Brake oil level
※　LPG parallel use input
Battery voltage Display change ▹ button

Display change ◃ button
Mode change M-button
Buzzer
　※　　
Pickup sensor
☆
ECM Engine Controller for Electronic ☆
Mast pressure sensor Controlled Engine (GAS/LPG) Various sensors, actuators
Refer the Electrical System Maintenance communication
(Electronic Controlled Engine)
section. Serial ☆
CAN
Starter switch Speed limit 1 switch/harness
Speed limit 2 switch/harness
※
Shift F/R
　 switch
　 ☆
Pickup sensor for speed limit
※
Shift N switch ※
External communication 2(CAN communication) Various sensors, switches
IN/OUT RTV(Fork horizontal stop)
※ CAN
External communication 2’(CAN communication) Mini lever
IN/OUT E-HYD Proportional solenoid valve
※
Serial 2 External communication 1 IN/OUT LTV data output
※ Starter relay
Steering sensor
※ ※
Trail sensor Forward solenoid
※
Reverse solenoid
※
Mast lowering prohibition solenoid
※
※ Mast unload solenoid
Parking switch
※ ※
Seat belt switch Steering knob misalignment correction solenoid
※
Optional input 1
※ ※
Optional input 2 Optional output 1
※
Optional output 2
Note:
3-5
Dimensional outline drawing of controller
　V-ECU ASSY: Vehicle Controller
　RTV-ECU ASSY: Fork horizontal stop controller
For　　　　, the details of description vary depending

　　　　はソフトバージョンにより記載
内容が変わります。　＊は整数
on the software version. * is an integer number.
例：ver1＊＊
Example:
ＴＦＬＣＳＴＤ１０００１_８_1０８　以降
6-digit number, including Lot Number is entered in
ＴＦＬＣＯＰＬ０００１－１＊＊
　　　　.
Example:
　　　　にはロット番号等の６桁の数字
が入ります。
例　０８０７０１
3-6
　E-HYD ASSY： E-HYD Controller
For , the details of

description vary depending on the
software version.
Example： version101
TFLCOPT0001_101
6-digit number, including Lot Number

is entered in .
Example: 070511
3-7
[2] Exposition of Basic Controller Operation
Communication between controller and display
As both controller and display are equipped with CPU and the communication of the mode setting,
hour meter, (speed and travel distance) and adjusted value data is performed.
As 7-segment character is used on the adjustment screen of display, slightly unreadable word and
abbreviated characters are used.
Hour, Speed, Travel Distance, Travel Hours data management

Key Switch ON Time (hour meter) is totalized by the display and the travel distance and travel hours
and speed indication are calculated by the controller and the results of such calculation are sent to
the display for indication. (Key Switch ON Time is stored by the display as a main data and the travel
distance and travel hours are stored by the controller as a main data. In addition, both display and
controller store each other's main data as a sub data. Therefore, the copying of each other's data is
available at the time of respective replacement.)
Controller control - truck

Starter Motion related (Anti-restart)
Orbitrol knob misalignment correction control or steer/trail control
Cargo handling valve control related (Optional)
Travel valve control related (Return to Neutral)
Headlight reminder alarm
Various error judgments
Controller control - Display indication

Speedometer
Operation management from hour meter/travel distance
Maintenance interval management
Alarm management including errors
Communication between controller and display
Starter motion control (Neutral start)

AT (Automatic transmission truck): Engine start is not available when the shift lever is put in the
Forward or Reverse position
MT (Manual transmission truck): Engine start is available only when the shift lever is positioned at
neutral position
3-8
Basic motion conditions to allow the engine to start
Conditions to allow the starter to work Conditions to allow the starter to run
Seat Switch Parking Switch Ｆ／ＲＮＯＫ　
ＡＴＯＮＯＮＯＦＦＯＮＯＫ　
ＯＮＯＦＦＯＦＦＯＮＯＫ　
ＯＦＦＯＮＯＦＦＯＮＯＫ　
ＯＦＦＯＦＦＯＦＦＯＮＯＫ　
Starter does not run under the conditions
other than above. If the starter is not allowed
to run, its cause appears on the display and
warning tone is emitted.
ＭＴＯＮＯＮ－ＯＮＯＫ　
ＯＮＯＦＦ－ＯＮＯＫ　
ＯＦＦＯＮ－ＯＮＯＫ　
Starter does not run under the conditions
other than above. If the starter is not allowed
to run, its cause appears on the display and
warning tone is emitted.
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　(F/R: Forward/Reverse, N: Neutral)
Anti-restart control
Even if you manipulate the starter to run by turning the key switch from “ON” and try to
manipulate the starter to run again after the key switch returned to the “ON”position, the starter
does not turn.
In this case, return the key switch to the “OFF” position once and then put it to the “ON” position
to allow the starter to run.
Orbitrol knob misalignment correction control

When the knob position of steering becomes misaligned by comparison of steering angle and trail
angle, cause the knob misalignment correction solenoid to operate to correct the misalignment of
knob.
In terms of structure, there may be a case where the lag of the order of ±35°arises.
Restriction on Valves for Traveling (This is not a brake function)

This is a function that works when the operator has left the seat.
In the case of automatic transmission (AT) truck
If the operator leaves the seat for 3 seconds or more continuously with the shift lever put in the
Forward or Reverse position, this function causes the truck to stop traveling. (However, coasting
may occur on the sloping road)
When the shift lever is put in the Forward or Reverse position and the operator has left the seat for
3 seconds or more continuously, this function turns off the solenoids for traveling.
For the cancelation of this restriction, the operator must put the Forward/Reverse shift lever to the
neutral position once after taking the seat.
Return to Neutral function (Standard function)
In addition, after the restriction on the valves for traveling has applied, even though the operator
3-9
returned the seat, traveling is not available immediately. Return the shift lever to the Neutral
position once and then manipulate the Forward/Reverse shift lever to allow traveling.
When this function works, a warning appears on the display.
In case of foot directional control (CT) truck

Turn off the solenoid for travel, continuously more than 3 second after the operator left the seat
during the direction control switch is in Forward/Reverse either position.
If the operator return to the seat (seat switch ON), immediately makes travel solenoid ON and be
able to travel (drive).
In addition, as for the foot directional control (CT) vehicle, the Forward/Reverse valves turned OFF
automatically if operate the parking brake.
When this functions work, indicates the warning on the display.
Travel valve restriction will be canceled by the operator seated.
In the case of manual transmission (MT) truck

If the operator has left the seat for 3 seconds or more continuously, buzzer alarm is emitted.
This warning is reset when the operator sits on the seat.
CAUTION
Since the traveling is not locked, the truck coasts on the sloping road.
Restriction on Cargo Handling Valves (optional)

This is a function that works when the operator has left the seat.
If the operator left the seat for 3 seconds (standard value) or more, this function stops the cargo
handling operations such as lifting, tilting, attachment, etc. forcedly. Due to this function, cargo
handling operations such as lifting/lowering of mast, forward/backward tilting get impossible.
Cancelation of restriction on cargo handling valve is performed when the operator sits on the seat.
Headlight Reminder Warning

If the key switch is put in the “OFF” position with the headlight lighted, a headlight reminder
warning tone is issued. This function calls operator’s attention to turn OFF the headlight for the
protection of battery at stop.
For your information, no message or alarm appears on the display. A headlight reminder alarm is a
continuous tone for 2 seconds and subsequently intermittent tone is issued twice.
As this warning pattern is repeated, this warning is distinguished from other warning tone. You can
check the meaning of this warning from the warning tone.
Resetting of a headlight reminder alarm requires turning OFF the headlight switch or putting the key
switch in the “ON” position.
3-10
Speedometer Display (Priority selection of clock, speedometer and load meter is available. Refer to the
section“Operator function”)
Simultaneously with the start of traveling, the speed is displayed on the display. Real time clock is
displayed while the truck stops. The travel distance is calculated and displayed on the display.
Display and Storage of Operation Management Data (Refer to the section“Operation Management
Check”)
Daily operation (key ON, travel hours and travel distance) is stored for the past 10 days (including
current day) together with the calendar.
Simplified Truck Driving Management Data

Simplified operation management data is stored for the purpose of truck management and to get a
grasp of operational status.
1) Cumulative data
2) Today's data
3) Display of the past 9 days of data by item ordered by date
CAUTION
1 When the battery was removed, and when the time of real time clock does not stay in
adjustment, make the setting of time of the clock.
2 As each data is stored and updated when the key switch is turned OFF, if the battery is
disconnected directly, there is a possibility that the stored data will go wrong.
Further, in such a case, the calendar will be reset. When the calendar was reset, the date is
displayed as E1, E2. (Date is displayed as a count value from the day when the date was reset).
3 If the date and clock go wrong, the operation management data will not coincide with actual
working hours.
(Because the change of date will not coincide with actual clock)
4 The day without operation = Day without no change in data is not counted and not displayed.
5 There may be a case where 0.0h is displayed even though the operation was performed.
(If the operation does not exceed 0.1 hour, 0.0h is displayed).
6 In terms of display structure of the display, check becomes item-by-item one. Batch display by
means of display is not available.
Switch Monitor
When the setting of Switch Monitor Condition is made under serviceman mode for the investigation
about motion failure, operational status of each switch (ON or OFF) is sent from the controller to the
display.
This is a function to facilitate the localization of the defective point by operating the truck while
checking each input and output state.
Traveling under monitor condition is also available.
3-11
Variety of error displays and history
Error display
When an error occurs in the controller or display, the error information is collected by the controller
once and then the controller sends it to the display.
At that time, the controller displays the warning “!” mark and controller error “ErrC” + Error
Number, Display error “Errd” + error number on the display according to the types of error.
Error history
When an error occurred, its record is preserved in the controller. Check on such data under
servicemen mode is available. Error check includes following two types:
①Latest error display of up to 10 error in the case of controller and 5 cases in the case of display
can be made together with the date and hour meter readings.
This is a system to display the date when an error occurred together with hour meter readings.
Errors are stored in the controller up to 10 cases and in the display up to 5 cases.
(As a matter of convenience in display form, it is necessary to check the error history memory one
by one in sequence)
Refer to the section “Error display”
②Error occurred in the past is displayed in bit (0.1).
Key Switch“OFF”Reminder, Battery Dead Alarm,

If the seat switch stays ON with the key switch remained ON without starting an engine for some
reason, two or more valves stay operating. If this condition remains unchanged for a while, there is a
possibility that the battery will go dead.
　● In the case where the seat switch stays ON with the key switch remained ON without starting an
　　engine
Conditions such as the operator remains sat on the seat, something is left on the seat or the seat
switch remains ON for some reason. This is a function to issue an alarm under such conditions.
[Lapse of 10 minutes] Alarm display, buzzer alarm tone

In referring to the key switch “OFF” reminder and battery protection, together with the following
display, beep sounds by the standard buzzer 3 cycles to promote awareness.
Display image
This display means “Battery voltage lowered. Start an engine or put the key switch in the “OFF”
position”.
[Lapse of 20 minutes] Alarm display, buzzer alarm tone, and shutdown of power to valves
Beep sounds by the standard buzzer 5 cycles to promote awareness. At the same instance, the
power to the respective valves is shut down to control the electric discharge of battery.
3-12
[Lapse of 30 minutes]
Beep sounds by the standard buzzer 10 cycles to promote awareness finally.
　● In the case where the seat switch stays OFF with the key switch remained ON without starting
an 　　engine
[Lapse of 30 minutes]
Beep sounds by the standard buzzer 10 cycles to promote awareness.
　　　　(When the operator sits on the seat, SAFE Γy is not displayed and the information such as 　
　　　hour meter appears)
Optional function of standard controller [Reference]

Load meter calculates the mast pressure to display its result. Caution (Important): As this is a mast
pressure, its accuracy varies depending on the conditions. Use this value as a reference of load value.
In the case of basic setting, when you push M button with the truck stopped, load meter display
appears.
Parking / Leaving seat warning function

If the operator leaves the seat with the key switch remained “OFF” without pulling the parking lever,
an alarm is issued.
When you put the key switch in the “OFF” position, this is a function to issue an alarm with buzzer
tone for 6 seconds (Standard value) to promote awareness if the operator left the seat with parking
brake released.
Cancelation of alarm is performed when the operator sits on the seat or the operator pulls the parking
brake.
Speed Alarm Function (Some functions are maker option)

・This function causes the buzzer in the display to sound when the truck exceeds the arbitrary speed
and displays the symbol giving a warning against speed over. (This function uses the standard
display).
Speed alarm display and a warning tone will be cancelled automatically when the truck slows down
to the arbitrary speed or less.
・Speed alarm is output to the outside when the truck exceeds arbitrary speed. (Maker option)
External output of speed alarm is stopped automatically when the truck slows down to the arbitrary
speed or less.
Speed alarm is settable at 2 truck speeds. Speed alarm 1 & speed alarm 2. Speed alarm setting
requires the addition such as harness, external output (lamp, buzzer, etc.) and installation stay and
setting of controller.
3-13
However, when the speed alarm setting is selected simultaneously with the overload alarm, only
speed alarm 1 is available. Simultaneous selection of speed alarms 1 + 2 and overload warning is not
available.
Load Totalizing Function (Maker option)

This is a function to totalize the load meter readings. This function allows the check on the dairy total
load together with daily operation management.
This function requires the addition of load totalizing switch and harness and setting of controller.
(Load value is stored arbitrary).
Daily totalized value is incorporated into the operation management data.
However, simultaneous selection together with winker operating tone is not available.
Overload alarm (Some functions are maker option)

This is a function to make known the alarm with buzzer tone or external output when the set load is
exceeded.
・This function causes the buzzer in the display to sound when the arbitrary load value is exceeded
and displays the symbol giving a warning against overload. (This function uses the standard
display).
Overload display and warning tone will be cancelled automatically when the load becomes lower
than the arbitrary load value (tens of kilograms from the load value).
・Overload alarm is output to the outside when the arbitrary value is exceeded and the symbol giving
a warning against overload is displayed on the display. This function requires the addition of alarm
unit, installation stay, harness and setting of controller.
As a matter of convenience in the controller option output, when the speed alarm 1 and speed alarm
2 are selected, simultaneous selection with overload alarm is not available.
Password Entry Function

This is a function that engine start is available only when the password accords.
Effective time of password is up to 30 seconds after the engine start was confirmed and when engine
start is not performed, 30 seconds after turning OFF the key switch. As the password remains
effective during such period, retry to start an engine is available.
Check on the key switch ON time, travel hours and travel distance on a passward-by-passward basis is
available together with operation management.
Password Entry Function Serviceman

It is possible to put limitations on the entry into the serviceman mode by means of password.
The use of serviceman password is available. For details, see the section ”Password”.
CAUTION
Dairy working hours on a password-by-password basis are not stored.
For such purpose, the registration of password and setting of controller are required separately.
3-14
Maintenance Interval Display
Message Effective
Service
Interval
displayed display
Every 50 H 50h　C At 50 H This icon
At 200 H，（At 400 H），（At 600 H），（At 800 H），At and message
Every 200 H 200h　C appear for
1000 H・・・
3 minutes
Every 400 H 400h　C At 400 H，At 800 H，（At 1200 H），At 1600 H・・・ whenever the
key switch
Every 600 H 600h　C At 600 H，（At 1200 H），At 1800 H・・・ is turned
ON while 1
Every 1200 H 1200h　C At 1200 H，（At 2400 H），At 3600 H・・・
hour of hour
Every 2400 H 2400h　C At 2400 H，At 4800 H・・・ meter.
・Details of message display when the interval overlaps consist in only display of bigger interval time. (
　) is not displayed.
When the reading of Hour Meter coincides with the interval value, display is made on the display
and buzzer tone sounds for the operator to check. Subsequently the message is displayed for 3
minutes and then normal display returns. Within the interval display time, the message is displayed
whenever the key switch is turned “ON”. When the password remains effective, the display shifts
to the interval display after password entry.
Arbitrary Service Interval Time Setting Function

Setting of Hour Meter Time that the customer hopes to set as a customer’s service interval is
available.
It should be set so as to conform to the customer’s service interval specification.
Separate setting of controller is required.
Winker operating tone (Maker option)

When the winker operating tone is required to prevent the winker from being forgotten to be cut, this
function is available.
Separate wiring is required for this function.
However, simultaneous selection together with load totalizing meter is not available.
3-15
[3] Kinds of Display Alarm, Error Display
Priority display order of alarm and error
Display alarm display
Warning
Warning Warning Warning Warning
display
display display display display
(minor)
Shift alarm display Parking alarm display Shift & parking alarm display Low battery voltage alarm display Temperature alarm display
Warning
Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance
display
display display display
(minor)
Temperature alarm display Coolant alarm display Low battery voltage alarm display Filter maintenance alarm display
Controller error
Display when independent error occurs Every second
① In the case of 1 error
(Basic error display)
○○○
Priority sequence and display order when Display error

errors occur simultaneously
○ ○○
Default
Engine Controller error
High Warning display (Major)

② V-ECU (Vehicle controller) judgment
↓：With display instruction (1 second later)
Warning display
Controller –judged warning occurred ＋ Alarm tone command
(Major)
V-ECU Error
Display priority when errors occur simultaneously
○○○
(Major) ③ V-ECU (Vehicle controller) judgment ↓ 　Button
↓：With display instruction (1 second later) Controller-judged error occurred V-ECU Error ＋ Error tone alarm tone command
○○○
V-ECU Error ④ Display judgment ↓ 　Button

○○○ (Minor)
Display-judged error occurred
Sending of communication data Display Error ＋ Error tone alarm tone command
is instructed by controller ○○○
⑤ Display judgment ↓ 　Button

Display Error
○ ○○ (Major) Warning display
Sending of communication data
(minor)
＋ Controller command Alarm tone
is instructed by controller
⑥ Display judgment ↓ 　Button
Display Error Display-judged error occurred Warning display
○ ○○ (Minor) Sending of communication data
(minor) ＋ Controller command Alarm tone
↓：Display instruction present (1 second later)
⑦ ECM (Engine controller) judgment ↓ 　Button
DMI Error Occurred CAN Communication

ECM Error Controller Instruction ECM Error ＋ Error Sound/Warning Sound Command
↓：Display instruction present (1 second later) ⑧ E-HYD Controller Judgment ↓ 　Button
E-HYD Error Occurred CAN

Communication Controller Instruction E-HYD Error ＋ Error Sound/Warning Sound Command
E-HYD Error
⑨ RTV-ECU (Fork Horizontal Stop Controller) Judgment ↓ 　Button
↓：Display instruction present (1 second later)
Simplified Fork Horizontal Stop Error
Occurred CAN Communication Controller RTV-ECU Error ＋ Error Sound/Warning Sound Command
RTV-ECU Error Instruction
⑩ Display judgment ↓ 　Button

↓：Display instruction present (1 second later) Sending of communication data Maintenance display ＋ Controller command Alarm tone
Warning display ⑪ Display judgment ↓ 　Button

(Minor)
Sending of communication data Maintenance display ＋ Controller command Alarm tone
↓：With display instruction (1 second later) is instructed by controller
⑫ Display judgment ↓ 　Button

Maintenance display Display-judged error occurred
Sending of communication data Maintenance display ＋ Controller command Alarm tone
⑬ V-ECU controller judgment ↓ 　Button
Service interval Sending of communication data Service interval ＋ Controller command Alarm tone
Low is instructed by controller
↓ 　button Return to beginning

To default
Display commands from ① to ⑩ denote that the error occurred independently. When two or more errors occur
simultaneously, the display sequence is shown with the priority sequence on the left. Whenever the error is added, the error
sequence is sorted and the display is made by 1 cycle.
When two or more errors occur, with a push of ◁ button, the error numbers that occur around the same time is displayed in
sequence.
When two or more errors occurred already, the error tone becomes the one differing from the normal error tone to call
attention.
3-16
Controller-judged Alarm display
Message Description Release method
The operator does not sit in the seat when

Sit in the seat
the key switch stays at“ON”position.
Shift lever is in“F (Forward)”or“R

Put the shift lever to the N (Neutral)
(Reverse)”position when the key switch is
position.
turned“ON”.
The operator vacated his seat without pulling

Pull the parking brake lever.
a parking brake lever.
The key switch was turned“ON”without

Pull the parking brake lever, and then
pulling a parking lever, and with shift lever
put the shift lever to the N (Neutral)
stays at“F (Forward)”or“R (Reverse)”
position.
position.
Alarm of low battery voltage. The key
Start up an engine or return the key
switch stays at“ON”position for 10 minutes
switch to the“OFF”position.
or more while the engine remains stopped.
When the key switch has been turned“ON”
position, the mini lever is not at a neutral Return the mini lever to the neutral
position, or the mini lever is operated. position once.
(E-HYD option)
Service Interval Display Function
Controller Hour Meter

Check Display command ＋ Alarm
tone
Service Interval
・This is a function to display the “Maintenance” + “Message” on the Hour Meter display when
the hour meter reading reaches the predetermined hours.
Request
Display is an indicator with scarce information amount and expression power.
Therefore, though few in numbers, the mode of expression being unlikely as a word or abbreviated
character is used.
3-17
3-18
[4] Serviceman Mode
Serviceman mode: Serviceman mode is a function to be used for making the setting of controller and error check, etc.
First, the display indication is performed by the indicator with scarce information amount and expression power. Therefore, though few in numbers, the mode of
expression being unlikely as a word or abbreviated character is used. As the display indication is dependent on the display function, please understand this point.
When checking each data through the display, check and setting shall be made through the item-by-item display of data put in position in the matrix form. It is
very difficult to understand the configuration of matrix in your head. When you use the serviceman mode, always keep the material including troubleshooting
handy and you are requested to conduct assured operation checking the material.
How to get into the serviceman mode

　First, put the key switch in the “OFF” position. Turn “ON” the key switch while holding 3 display change buttons ◁,▷ and M down. When said buttons are
continued to be held down as they stand for 2 seconds or more, the serviceman mode starts with starting tone. (Serviceman setting mode becomes adjustable). When
exiting from the serviceman modes, put the key switch in the “OFF” position once, wait for 2 seconds or more and then put the key switch in the “ON” position.
Through these manipulations, the mode shifts to the normal display mode.
Submenu Basic menu of serviceman mode
General rundown on the display (For the details, refer to the section “Display”).
Manipulate all  button +  button + M button + Key Switch ON simultaneously.
Operating instructions to start the serviceman mode

Hold simultaneous push of ◁,▷ and M buttons
+ key switch “ON” for 2 seconds or more.　 Display Communication error
▷ button, ◁ button and M button from above. Serviceman (When the communication cannot be established)
Repetition of error tone only
Area described in the title display and text with 「」. mode In this case, serviceman mode is not available
Area described in the set value and title complementary
display and text with 『』.
Serviceman-specific password also becomes usable when the serviceman-specific password is enabled When the serviceman password is selected,
(Refer to the section “Optional setting”). there is a password check display.
Serviceman setting check For the details, refer to the sections “Password”
Let display the Main screen of serviceman setting mode. Initial menu of initial screen and controller version （Password entry） and “Serviceman password”.
appear on the REAL Time Clock display. ** varies depending on the version.
From now on, respective menus from version number to the memory clear & truck management No. appear.
←　Determine the item to be set ＊１ ↓　Select the item to be set
For the items being settable in each menu, refer to the list of respective items.
① 「CHEC」 ←： button ＊＊

①
Truck Maintenance Records 　　（→：M button）
Function that can store 10 maintenance dates （Version display）
And the function that allows the stored date to be checked.
↓：button
② 「ConT」『AddU』
Controller adjustment
Carry out the settings of code 700 series truck, option, option adjustment, etc. ←： button →：Ｍ button
「SPEd」『SET』 ②
　　（→：M button）
Speed meter adjustment function (Code 719 has a calculation adjustment function)
（Setting for truck）
「LFPS」『SET--.-』
Load meter manual 0kg setting ↓： button
「LFPS」『AUT SET』
Load meter automatic 0kg setting
『AdJUd00』
Fork horizontal stop setting
『AdJUd00』
E-HYD setting uu: Expression in lie of W of WHEEL
←： button →：Ｍ button
「SET」『CEnTEr』 ③
③ 　　（→：M button）
Trail position center memory （Steering setting）
Function, item to be set when there is a steer knob misalignment correction function
↓： button
This function causes the controller to store the center position of trail.
④ 「PASS」『SETPAId』
Selection of password ID and setting of password ←： button →：Ｍ button
Maximum 10 IDs and 10 Passwords are settable ④
There is a master password. For more information, contact our Engineering dept. 　　（→：M button）
（Password entry setting）
⑤ 「oP」『SET____』 ↓： button
Setting when enabling optional functions.
Refer to the section “Option”
(Note: This is an optional function for the controller and differs from options for the product. →：Ｍ button
←： button
For more information, contact the maker.) ⑤
（Optional setting）
↓： button
Hope to set as MANT, but M is not

⑥ 「Errd」『dATA no』 available, therefore for the display
As the error history of display, up to 5 error numbers of controller, date when error occurred, ←： button →：Ｍ button expressed as nAnT.
⑥
hour meter readings in the event of error are stored, this is usable for the failure analysis of display. 　　（→：M button）
Refer to the section “Error history”. （Maintenance）
「Err」『bIT rE』
↓： button
Error history memory and error occurrence type of controller and display are displayed in bit. Error
occurrence type can be checked. Refer to the section “Error history.”
「S uu」『dS dATA』
Switch monitor_display Function that allows the check on the input value of display.
This function enables ON/OFF check of analog and digital values input to the display.
This is usable for the cause unfolding of error history and error occurring currently.
「S uu」『Cn dATA』
Switch monitor_Controller Function that allows the check on the input value of controller.
This function enables ON/OFF check of analog and digital values input to the controller.
「ouT」『ouT PUT』
HANDLE WITH CARE: Usable at checking only. Never use this function other than checking.
Forced external output. Function capable of outputting a part of controller output forcedly.
「CoPy」『dATA Hr』
Copy function of hour meter readings held by controller and display.
Note: It is impossible to store the hour meter readings held by each unit so as to make the value
smaller than said reading (Impossible to put back the meter) ↑：　 button
⑦ 「ErAS」『ErrdATA』 ←：Push button for 2 seconds or more →：Ｍ button

Reset the error records, history ⑦
「ErAS」『dAT-hou』（Data reset）
Reset the operation management data
↓： button
(Including simplified LTV data resetting as well)
「ErAS」『Fo-CHEC』 serial number.
Reset the truck maintenance information record
(Reset the information with maintenance stored)
←： button →：Ｍ button

⑧ 「SEno」『rECord』 ⑧
Truck management number check 　　（→：M button）
（Truck management number check）
↓： button
CAUTION CAUTION
Exposition 1 of word sense and signage Exposition 2 of word sense and signage
Display change button 1 ： [HEX]: Hexadecimal number
Display change button 2 ： To be used in setting and password, etc.
Hexadecimal number: comparison with decimal number
Mode change & storage button M ：M CAUTION ＊１
ON judgment time for each button requires 0.2 Decimal STD software version 105 or later
seconds or more. ０１２３４５６７８９ 10 11 12 13 14 15 number Philosophy of bit Software version of optional controller is
｢　　　｣ : Denotes Real Time Clock display. Hexadecimal displayed by the setting of OPT5.
『　　　』 : Denotes Hour Meter display ０１２３４５６７８９ＡｂＣｄＥＦ number ＿『※※※※※※※』Arbitrary display in bit
means 1 bit ｢０１＊＊｣ STD software version name
（　　　） : is descriptive text. Not displayed actually. 『ｏP＊＊＊』 OPT version name
｢＋＋＋＋｣ Arbitrary figure, alphabet 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 bit （Version display）
『＊＊＊＊＊＊』 Arbitrary figure, alphabet ＯＮ
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3-19
＿『※※※※※※※』 Arbitrary display in bit Simplified fork horizontal stop

ＯＦＦ
means 1 bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Optional controller, etc.
“Γ“ in the text describes “T” in the table and figure.
・Store or check the truck maintenance records
【How to store the maintenance record】
Manipulation according to the following figure allows the storage of 10 dates when the maintenance was made. Further,
similarly, it is possible to check the date when the maintenance was made as well. (When operation to store was performed)
Store the data (Today’s date and Hour Meter) Data going to be stored　　　（Reference value） Today’s date
Displayed from “NO”. ←　Determine the item to set Check the past records
←：Push ◁ button for 2 seconds or more ←： button
（←： button） ①
→：M button 「ＣＨＥＣ」
→：Ｍ button
→：M button ・Truck maintenance records
↓： button
↓： button ↑： button
Newly-stored data will be incorporated

Display of date stored
↓： button
in the past
yES or no appears alternatively whenever ▷ button is pushed
Hour meter readings
Last figure is a Past 10 data of maintenance record (0 to 9)
no: Not store the data sequential number Stored date
yES: Store the data Hour Meter readings
Latest information
↓： button
↑： button
↓： button ＊：Date

×：Hour Meter reading
※：Storage number (sequential number)
Data number: 0 means the latest
＊＊＊＊
×××××※ record, 9 means the oldest record.
・Storage is repeated and when the number of storages exceeds 9, old data will be erased in sequence.
・Making adjustment and setting of controller

【Code 700 series How to set】
Description of setting: Refer to the section “Controller Settings Table”
Codes 700 through 739 are settable code.

With a push of display change ▷ button, the code number increments by 1. Proceed to the code number that you hope to change.
Upon selection of code number that you hope to change, with a push of display change ◁ button, the setting code is determined.
After determination of setting code, with a push of display change ▷ button, the set value of code changes. With a repeated manipulation of display change button, the set value returns to the initial value.
The set value changes in the direction of addition only. When passing over the target value once, continue to manipulate the button until the。target value is displayed next.
For the set value, its step width varies depending on the adjustment item.
Initial setting mode

Codes 700 through 704 are initial setting modes. If the setting do not coincide with the truck specification, it is impossible even to start the engine.
When the controller was changed, always carry out the initial setting.
If the set value is not yet stored, when the value that should be set gets uncertain, etc., with turning OFF of key switch, the value returns to the before-manipulation value.
↓Select Store or Suspend the setting ↓1. Select the set value ↓1. Display and selection of 700 series Adjust
【Code 700 series How to set】 ←： button ←： button
（←： button） ②
→：M button 「ＣｏｎＴ」　『ＡdＪＵ』
When the controller was replaced, change the item →：Ｍ button →：Ｍ button ・Controller setting
requiring adjustment referring to the code list.
↓： button ↑： button ↓： button
（There is automatic forward）
←：Push ◁ button for 2 seconds or more

↓： button
Displayed from “no”
××× →：Ｍ button ×××
Automatic forward
↓： button ↑： button Select the set value with ▷ button. With a continuous push of ▷ button for 2 seconds,
dd.d: Default value or previously-set value automatic forward by 0.5 second value changes by +1
aa: Value selected from 0 through 39
x x: x is a set value
** means the codes from 700 to 739 setting width
and setting amount vary respectively.
×××
1. Whenever ▷ button is pushed, yES or no is displayed alternatively.

When the storage is performed, cause yES to display and with a push of M button, the data will be stored.
no: Not store the data
yES: Store the data
【How to make fine adjustment of speedometer】 Fine adjustment to the

Make fine adjustment according to the speed shown in the speedometer
actual measurement with dynamometer ↓1. Select the set value (Has effect on the mileage)
When the speed display differs somewhat ↓Select Store or Suspend the setting Check and set **.* speed display Speed display
from the actual measurement, during actual traveling Check through traveling is available
this function allows the adjustment of display in 0.1km/h
←： button ←： button
If the adjustment is required near the maximum speed, ＊＊＊
adjustment is possible with code 719. →：Ｍ button ＊＊＊ →：Ｍ button
Code 719 = 100 means x 1.00
Adjustment in the range from 0.90 to 1.15 is available. ↓： button ↑： button ↓： button

Displayed from “no” ＊＊＊
××× →：Ｍ button ××
↓： button ↑： button Check the speed display through actual travelling with dynamometer.
Select the additional value/subtraction value of speed with ▷ button.
Setting width -2.0km/h~2.0km/h
×××

yES: Store the data
【Load Meter Manual 0kg Adjustment】

Cause the load meter to store Check the stored value
Store the data Manual data reading (timing) Condition that the mast is
the timing as 0kg manually.
Determine the value to be stored Condition that the mast is raised lowered to the floor.
For more information, refer to *** Pressure sensor displays the Load Meter Manual
watching the SET value to store it. of the order of 30cm from the floor.
the section “Option 0kg setting stored value 0kg setting
of load meter] ←：Push ◁ button for 2 seconds or more ←： button ←： button
Displayed from “no”
××× →：Ｍ button ×××××× →：Ｍ button ＊＊＊ →：Ｍ button
×××　 A/D value at the present time ＊＊＊：Previously-stored 0kg and A/D value ↓： button
stored after M button is turned OFF once.
A/D value: Value of mast pressure converted in voltage
This value is calculated and displayed as 0kg.
×××

yES: Store the data
3-20
Check the stored value
Automatic data reading (timing) Condition that the mast is lowered down to the floor
Display of stored value by ***pressure sensor
Automatic load meter 0kg setting
【Load Meter Automatic 0kg Adjustment】 ←：Push  button for 2
Cause the load meter to judge the timing to set 0kg automatically and to store it. seconds or more ←： button
For more information, refer to the section “Option 0kg setting of load meter] ＊＊＊＊＊＊
→：M button
Auto 0kg setting underway
Previously stored *** pressure sensor’s stored value
Automatic measurement ↓： button
←：Push  button for 2 seconds or more
Measurement for 0kg set with →Automatic return
measuring conditions is underway Newly-stored data display
0kg set is available as many times
as you want if measurement start
×××
conditions are complete.
　×××is A/D read value
Newly stored +++ pressure sensor’s stored value
This value is calculated and displayed as 0kg.
・Store the trail position center

【When the steering knob misalignment correction function is installed, center position of trail is stored】
Adjust the steering to the condition under which the truck can travel straightforward independently of steering knob position. Perform the following operation under this condition to cause the controller to store the trail center position.
Then, rotate the steering by two or three turns right and left to make sure that the knob position becomes a fixed position.
For more information, refer to the section “Storing the Trail Center Position“]
Storage of new trail center value Display of stored and current values
Displayed from “no” Steering_trail position display data
←：Push  button for 2
←： button （←： button）
seconds or more
×××× ③
※※※ ※ ※※ →：Ｍ button ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※※ →：M button →：M button
「ＳＥＴ」　『ＣＥｎＴＥｒ』
『ＣＥｎｔＥｒ』：ｃｅｎｔｅｒ・Storage of trail position center
※※※ ※ ※※
Store the position that allows the truck to go straightforward

With a selection of yES, the current value being displayed is stored.
Whenever ▷ button is pushed, yES or no is displayed alternatively.
When the storage is performed, cause yES to appear and with a push of M button, data will be stored.
yES: Store the data
If there is a history of stored center, it is displayed
Meaning of display　　「××：××」　『※※※※※※．※』
　　 Calculated value of steering rotating angle

×××× : Stored implementation of storage processing
※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※※ Trail angle stored value, current value
When AD value is set as 10bit, it is represented as max3FF. This becomes 10 bit raw data of sensor.
Stored value Current value Steering center signal display
Displayed when the steering center signal is recognized, No display when there is no steering center signal.
・ID selection and Password setting

【Up to 10 IDs and Passwords are settable】
Through the setting of password according to the following, the password can be stored.
For more information, refer to the section “Optional password”
Note: Same figure such as 0000 and FFFF cannot be stored.
Set password check
Master password
Effective for both ordinary password and serviceman mode ←： button （←： button）
④
Enabling the password operation requires optional setting. 「ＰＡＳＳ」　『ＳＥＴ　ＰＡ　Ｉｄ』
Password setting (Selection of number) Password setting (Selection of digit) →：M button →：M button
・Set the password
Refer to the section “Optional setting”
Displayed from the higher-order
□Blinking point means the point with ↓： button ↑： button
Reference
　　　　　　『○○○○○○○』
OPT１： set value changed
←： button
0ﾋﾞｯﾄ　　ＩＤ－１０
□：Blinking
1ﾋﾞｯﾄ＊＊ Store the password ＊＊＊＊：0１ to １０
2ﾋﾞｯﾄ ↓： button →：With a push of M button
3ﾋﾞｯﾄ With serviceman password for 2 seconds or more,
4ﾋﾞｯﾄ＊＊ the password is stored.
5ﾋﾞｯﾄ
＊＊
6ﾋﾞｯﾄ With password entry How to change the main password
When F, with
＋１　： button ↓： button Shift to the change of main
a push of
password gets possible only
CAUTION  button,
when 1: button is pushed for
return to 0
2 seconds or more at the
From the restriction in terms of ＊＊ position of ID-10.
operation, there is no check on no or ※
yes ↓： button
＊＊
Master password
？？？？　　ＩＤ－９９
Display changes in the form of displayed value + 1
※＝０～Ｆ（Ｈ）＊＊  button
Figure: Hexadecimal
Selectable out of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, A, b, C, d, E, F Initial value is displayed as ---- or 0000.　
【How to set the serviceman password】 Check of set value and setting
（Special password）
Password for entering the serviceman mode only
Ordinary key manipulation password is not permitted.
Serviceman default
Master password 　　ＩＤ－８８
Effective for both ordinary password and serviceman
mode (Not described as this if for the factory) Serviceman password
Change of serviceman password is possible

from the personal computer only.
Check is not available if there is no personal
computer.
3-21
・Set this when enabling the optional function
【Setting the option】
By enabling the option according to the following sketch, the optional function becomes effective.
For the details of option, refer to the section “Option setting”.
CAUTION
Depending on the type of option, not only
setting but also there is a need for external
Option selection Option setting (Digit selection) Check the set value
connection wiring, relay, etc. Further,
Valid or invalid Refer to the section “Option setting”
depending on the option, there are some
items on which simultaneous setting is not Displayed from ‘oP 0’
available. Check it separately. Example when 000 0000 is （←： button）
changed to 010 000 to store it □：Blinking ⑤

CAUTION ←： button →：M button 「ｏＰ」　『ＳＥＴ＿＿＿＿』
Storing of option 3 requires long push ＊・Set the option
of M button for 10 seconds. ＊  button
Store the option
From some midpoint of long push,  button →：Storage is made
buzzer tone sounds, however, continue by pushing M button
to push M button until the buzzer tone for 2 seconds or more
stopped. After setting, always confirm ＊
the set value.
↓： button
 button
↑： button
＊
 button
How to count the bit
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit
ON
＊ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
↓：Whenever  button is pushed, 0 or 1 is displayed alternatively.
CAUTION
＊：０～５
From the restriction in terms of For the meaning of “000 0000”, refer to the section “Option setting”.
operation, there is no check on no or
yes.
・Check the error history of controller

【Check the controller error number, date when an error occurred and Hour Meter reading when an error occurred】
As up to 10 controller error numbers, dates when an error occurred and Hour Meter readings when an error occurred remain stored, this data is usable for the failure analysis of controller.
Controller Controller Controller

Check the date and time when Check the Hour Meter when an Check the error occurred
an error occurred. error occurred
For the meaning of error code, refer to the section “Error code”. Displayed from “no 0”
Up to 10 errors are stored The latest error becomes no 0.
（←： button）
Clock time when an error occurred ←： button
Memo →：M button
⑥
→：Ｍ button 「ＥｒｒＣ」　『ｄＡTＡ　　ｎｏ』
When the error storage occurred continuously, it Shift from selected error number Shift from selected error number
isarrangedsoasnotstoretheerror ←： button ↓： button
・Controller maintenance
←： button
continuously. For example, in the case of same
Controller error history
error occurred continuously in the same date and
→：Ｍ button
time, it is arranged that the time when the error
occurred at the end is stored. ↓： button
↓： button
→：Ｍ button If there is no error, there is
no display of error code.
↓： button
↑： button ↓： button
↑： button
Day ＊ ↓： button
＊
Month
Last 2 digits of the year of our Lord ＊：Error number
＊：０～９
Sequence number of error Hour Meter time when an error occurred
＊：０～９
【Check the display error number, date when an error occurred and Hour Meter reading when an error occurred】
As up to 5 display error numbers, dates when an error occurred and Hour Meter readings when an error occurred remain stored, this data is usable for the failure analysis of display.
For the meaning of error code, refer to the Display Display Display
section “Error code”. Check the date and time when Check the Hour Meter when an Check the error occurred
an error occurred. error occurred
Displayed from “no 0”
Up to 10 errors are stored The latest error becomes no 0.
Clock time when an error occurred ←： button
「Ｅｒｒｄ」　『ｄＡＴＡ　　ｎｏ』
→：Ｍ button Display error history
Shift from selected error number Shift from selected error number
←： button ←： button ↓： button
→：Ｍ button
↓： button
↓： button
→：Ｍ button
↓： button
↑： button ↓： button
↓： button
↑： button
Day ＊
＊
Month
Last 2 digits of the year of our Lord ＊：Error number
＊：０～４
Sequence number of error Hour Meter time when an error occurred
＊：０～９
【Error memory of controller, display】
Error occurrence type is displayed in bit. It is possible to check the error occurrence type.
Controller/Display
Check the occurred error memory
For the meaning of error code, refer to the section “Error code”.
Displayed from “Err 0”
How to count the bit ←： button
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit 「Ｅｒｒ」　『ｂＩＴ　ｒＥ』
ON →：Ｍ button Controller
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
※※※※※ ※※
Display error memory

↓： button
CAUTION
※※※※※ ※※
7th bit is represented as　　　　　

＊
※※※※※ ※※
＊：0 to 8
※：　No error: 0 Error present: 1 ↓： button
Position representation of 7th bit _ : No error ↑： button
Error present
3-22
【Switch Monitor Display】
This is a function to allow the check on the input value of display. This function allows the check on ON/OFF of analog and digital values plugged in the display.
This function is usable for the cause unfolding of error history or error occurring presently.
Refer to the section “Switch monitor”.
Display Display
I/O input status display Input status display of A/D
Displayed from “dS 0”
How to count the bit Displayed from “dio0”
←： button
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit ｄＩｏ　＊＝0～２
ON Shift from selected error number ‘S uu’ “dS dATA”
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ←：Push  button for 2 seconds
＊＊＊ →：Ｍ button
Since there is no W,
or more
represented as uu.
↓： button ↑： button Switch monitor
CAUTION
※※※※※ ※※
→：Ｍ Push  button for 2 seconds
or more
display switch
↓：Push
7th bit is represented as　　　　　 I/O A/D
 button for ↑：Push  button for 2 seconds Display A/D number
2 seconds
＊＊＊
Display A/D value

＊＊＊＊：０００～３ＦＦ
※※※※※ ※※
※：No error: 0 Error present: 1

Position representation of 7th bit _ : No error Error present
NOTE
↓： button
As a display button input is a communication data,
and the manipulation of button causes the mode
change, 2-second push is set.
【Switch Monitor Controller】

This is a function capable of checking the input values of controller. Check on ON/OFF of analog and digital values plugged in the controller is available.
Controller Controller
Input status display of I/O Input status display of A/D
Refer to the section “Switch monitor”. Controller Input status display of I/O Controller Input status display of A/D
How to count the bit Displayed from “dS 0”
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit Ｄｓ　＊＝0～４
ON
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ←： button ‘S uu’ “Cn dATA”
Displayed from “Clo0” Since there is no W,
Shift from selected error number ＊＊＊ →：Ｍ button
←： Push  button for 2 seconds represented as uu.
CAUTION or more Switch monitor display
※※※※※ ※※ →：Ｍ button ↓： button ↑： button SW
7th bit is represented as　　　　　 I/O A/D
Controller A/D number
＊
＊＊＊
Controller A/D value
＊
※※※※※ ※※
＊＊＊：０００～３ＦＦ
※：No error: 0 Error present: 1
↓： button
Position representation of 7th bit : No error Error present
HANDLE WITH CARE: Usable at checking only. Never use this function other than checking.
【Forced external output】

Function capable of outputting a part of controller output forcedly.
Refer to the section “Switch monitor”.
CAUTION
Output selection Forced OUT was selected
From the restriction in terms of
operation, there is no check on no or □：Blinking
yes When changing the meaning of 　Meaning of (0) 000 0000
0000 0000 to 0010 0000 ←： button ‘ou T’ ”ouT PUT”
Operation check
Forced external output
←： button
 button
Forced OUT Forced Stop
↓： button
↓： button Result of OFF processing is
displayed for 1 second.
↑： button →：Shift to next
position by pushing  button
 button
Exit after data reset processing

→：Ｍ button
↓： button ↑：Ｍ button
 button
Output command memory (Retain)
Whenever ◁ button is pushed, ↑： button

0 or 1 is displayed alternatively.
Output item corresponding to
the bit display undergoes
output or stop processing.
0: Stop 1: Output
3-23
【Hour Meter Copy】
This is a function to copy the Hour Meter Readings held by the controller and display. This is a function to copy the data in the controller or display when the controller or display is replaced with another one.
CAUTION
The copy in the direction of making the Hour Meter reading smaller is not allowed.
In terms of explanation, the values Hour Meter 2300.0 300.0h Travel distance 100.0km are the value displayed for the reference purpose.
Supplemental remarks: Set the value on the display to the displayed value when checking the data. Meaning is “Is it Yes?” or “Is it No?”. To be displayed from “no d”.
Supplemental remarks: d denotes display.
C: Data check
【Copy operation from controller to display】 In the case of copy
prohibition condition
　Ｃ
Copy Hour meter reading from controller onto display
Copy operation Check copy data Copy operation command Select copy item Select copy destination Display the data in the controller and display
Display the value in the display Display the data in the controller
Displayed from “no d” ←：Push  button for 2 Select the Hour Meter in the controller From controller to display
seconds or more ←： button
←： button ←： button ‘CoPy’ “dATA Hr”
　Ｃ
→：Ｍ button Data copy
→：Ｍ button →：Ｍ button
→：Ｍ button
Data copy function
Processing for 2 to 3 seconds ↓： button ↓： button
←：Ｍ button
↓： Controller Hour Meter Reading
 button ↑： button
Writing prohibition
No: Not store ↓： button ↓： button
Writing succeeded conditions
Writing failed Yes: Store
Display Hour Meter Reading
↓： button
perfect ↓： button ↓： button

Controller memory
Truck basic data
※※※※※ ※※
Copy Truck basic data from controller onto display ↓： button
Displayed from “no d”

Travel type Display memory
Truck basic data
seconds or more ※※※※※ ※※
　Ｃ
※※※※※ ※※ ※※※※※ ※※
↓： button
→：Ｍ button
Processing for 2 to 3 seconds ↓： button Controller memory
←：Ｍ button Travel Hours memory
(When with speedometer)
※※※※※ ※※ ※※※※※ ※※
↓： button
Writing prohibition No: Not store
conditions Yes: Store Display memory
Writing succeeded Writing failed Travel time memory
↓： button
↓： button
Controller memory
Travel distance memory
perfect ↓： button ↓： button (When with speedometer)
↓： button
Display memory
Copy Travel hours from controller onto display Travel distance memory
Displayed from “no d”
←：Push  button for 2 Travel Hours
seconds or more
　Ｃ ↑： button
→：Ｍ button
Processing for 2 to 3 seconds ↓： button
←：Ｍ button
↓： button
Writing prohibition
conditions No: Not store
Writing succeeded Writing failed Yes: Store References
　Copy to the display
Data comparison: Display Hour Meter or (Travel Hours, Travel distance)
Write enable: Controller (Hour Meter reading) > Display (Hour Meter Reading)
: Controller (Travel hours, distance) > Display (Travel Hours, distance)
(Write enable is judged at controller side by comparison and check of display data)
perfect ↓： button ↓： button Display to be displayed when the copy failed or under copy prohibition condition
Copy Travel distance from controller onto display
Displayed from “no d” Travel Distance

seconds or more
　Ｃ
　Ｃ
→：Ｍ button
Processing for 2 to 3 seconds Hour Meter related Travel related
↓： button Since there is no m,
←：Ｍ button
represented with nn.
CAUTION
Writing prohibition Indication of k such as
conditions No: Not store km is displayed as
Writing succeeded Writing failed Yes: Store
↓： button

↑： button
Copy All data from controller onto display Reference：

ALL copy function: Among copy data, if the item meets the copy enable condition, the copy of
Displayed from “no d” ←：Push  button such item only is made and “PErFECT” appears. The item not meeting the condition is not copied.
All data
for 2 seconds or more
　Ｃ
→：Ｍ button
Processing for 5 to 6 seconds ↓： button
←：Ｍ button
Writing prohibition
conditions No: Not store
Writing succeeded Writing failed Yes: Store

3-24
【Copy operation from display to controller】
CAUTION
The copy in the direction of making the Hour Meter reading smaller is not allowed.
In terms of explanation, the values Hour Meter 2300.0 300.0h Travel distance 100.0km are the value displayed for
the reference purpose.
Supplemental remarks: Set the value on the display to the displayed value when checking the data.
Meaning is “Is it Yes?” or “Is it No?”. To be displayed from “no C”.
Supplemental remarks: C denotes Controller.
C: Data check
In the case of copy
prohibition condition
　ｄ
Copy operation Check copy data Copy operation command Select copy item
Copy Hour meter reading from display onto controller Display the value in the display
Displayed from “no C” Select Hour Meter in the display
C means controller ←：Push  button for 2 from display to controller
seconds or more
　ｄ
Processing for 2 to 3 seconds →：Ｍ button

↓： button
←：Ｍ button
Writing prohibition ↓：button

No: Not store
Processing for conditions
5 to 6 seconds
CAUTION
Indication of k such as
km is displayed as
Copy Travel hours from display onto controller
Displayed from “no C” ←：Push  button for 2 Travel Hours

seconds or more
　ｄ
Processing for 2 to 3 seconds →：Ｍ button
↓： button Copy to the controller

←：Ｍ button
Data comparison: Display Hour Meter or (Travel Hours, Travel distance)
Write enable: Controller (Hour Meter reading) > Display (Hour Meter Reading)
: Controller (Travel hours, distance) > Display (Travel Hours, distance)
↓： button
(Write enable is judged at controller side by comparison and check of display data)
Writing prohibition
No: Not store Display to be displayed when the copy failed or under copy prohibition condition
Processing for conditions
5 to 6 seconds
Hour Meter related Travel related
Store Travel distance from display onto controller
Displayed from “no C” ←：Push  button for 2 Travel Distance Reference：

ALL copy function: Among copy data, if the item meets the copy enable condition, the copy of
seconds or more
such item only is made and “PErFECT” appears. The item not meeting the condition is not copied.
　ｄ
→：Ｍ button
Processing for 2 to 3 seconds
↓： button Since there is no m,
←：Ｍ button represented with nn.
Writing prohibition
Processing for conditions No: Not store
5 to 6 seconds
↓： button
Store All data from display onto controller

Displayed from “no C” seconds or more All data
　ｄ
→：Ｍ button
Processing for 5 to 6 seconds
↓： button
←：Ｍ button
Writing prohibition
Processing for conditions No: Not store
5 to 6 seconds Writing failed Yes: Store

3-25
【Memory data reset】
This is a function to reset the error history related, operation management data related (including simplified LTV data reset), and truck maintenance information (information with maintenance stored).
Refer to the section “Memory clear”.
Select to perform reset (clear) Select the item to be reset (cleared)

（←：Push  button for 2 seconds or more）
⑦
→：M button ｢ＥｒＡＳ　｣『ＥｒｒｄＡTＡ』
　・Reset the error memory
and history
・Reset the operation
↓： button management data
・Reset the truck
Displayed from “no C” maintenance information
←：Push  button for 2 seconds or more
　｢ＥｒＡＳ｣
→：Ｍ button 　『ｄＡＴ-hou』
Reset the operation management data
↓： button
　｢ＥｒＡＳ｣
　『Ｆｏ-ＣＨＥＣ』
No: Not store Reset the maintenance information
Yes: Store (Reset the information about conduct
of maintenance)
【Check Truck management number】

Truck management number is used in LTV operation management data, etc.
Values to be input by the personal computer and controller through the communication. Modification
on the display is not available.
Note：Input is available only by the use of communication from personal computer.
Truck management No.
（←： button）
⑧
＊＊＊＊ →：M button
｢ＳＥ：ｎｏ｣　『ｒＥCoｒd』
＋＋＋＋＋＋＋・Truck management No. check
serial number.
record
3-26
[5] Controller Setting Code 700
Code number To be displayed in this area
Set value To be displayed in this area
Selectable Selection/Set
Code Default Description Supplemental remarks
value value
0 ＭＴ MT selected Manual transmission specification
700 1 1 ＡＴ AT selected Automatic transmission specification
2 ＣＴ CT selected Foot direction control specification
Gasoline Truck fuel specification In the case of gasoline/LPG
0 Gasoline
selected dual fuel truck, select gasoline
701 2
1 ＬＰＧ LPG selected
2 Diesel Diesel selected
0 1 － 2t 1-2t selected Truck weight specification
1 2 － 2.5t 2-2.5t selected
702 1
2 3t 3t selected
3 3.5t 3.5t selected
Simplex
0 2S-LFL/SFL Truck mast specification
selected
1 2S-FFL Duplex selected
703 0
2 3S-FFL Triplex selected
4-cylinder Compatible from version 106 and later (However, when
3 4CYL-3FFL/2FFL
selected 702 (0) is selected, noncompliant)
6.00-9-10J-S Tire specification
6.00-9solid-S 10.57
0 ［ rpm/（km/
21X8-9-14J-S h）］
21X8-9solid-S
9.52
1 6.50-10-10solid-S ［ rpm/（km/
h）］
6.50-10-12J-S
704 2 7.00-12solid-S 8.32
2 ［ rpm/（km/
5.50-15-8J-D h）］
5.50-15solid-D
28X9-15-12J-S Tire specification
28X9-15solid-S 7.84
3 ［ rpm/（km/
6.00-15-10J-D h）］
6.00-15solid-D
250-15-16J-S 7.50 Tire specification
4 ［ rpm/（km/
250-15solid-S h）］
In the case of with seat belt OPT 1 (5 bit), the seat
belt display command is issued for 10 seconds after
0 Seat belt display
Note: turning ON of key switch independently of presence or
Function for absence of seat belt switch input.
705 0
international In the case of with seat belt OPT1 (5 bit), where the
export seat belt switch input is absent, the seat belt display
1 Seal belt alarm
command is issued and where the input is present, the
display command is stopped.
3-27
value value
In the case of with seat belt OPT 1 (5 bit), in
Note:
addition to the seat belt alarm, travel restriction is
Function for
705 2 0 Travel restrictions performed when the seat belt switch is not turned
international
ON. However, exclusive of MT. In the case of MT,
export
same as selection 2.
Standard gear/Large-
0
sized special/STD
706 0 Select 0 or 1
Hill-climbing gear ratio /
1
Small sized special
Road Speed target1
8 ～ 15 RST1
707 10 Add by 1 each 8km/h to 15km/h
［km/h］ (Speed limit value 1)
Note: When“---
“ appears, see the section“Setting”
Road Speed target2
8 ～ 20 RST1
708 15 Add by 1 each 8km/h to 20km/h
［km/h］ (Speed limit value 2)
Note: When“---
“ appears, see the section“Setting”
When OPT4 1100000 was selected, the factor for
Adjustment factor
80 ～ 120 speed limit correction of electronic controlled
709 100 (Selected value of code Add by 2 each
［km/h］ GAS/LPG engine vehicle.
709 x 0.01)
Changes by +2 from 80 to 120
5 ～ 35 Correction start timing To be added in In the controller Steering correction adjusted value
710 10
［deg］ setting units of 5 deg. Correction start value
-5 ～ 5 Correction termination To be added in In the controller Steering correction adjusted value
711 １
［deg］ timing setting units of 1 deg. Correction stop
In the controller Correction start steering R.P.M.
1 ～ 10 Correction start steering To be added in
712 ２ (Correction is caused when R.P.M. is more than
［rpm］ R.P.M. setting units of 1 deg.
this R.P.M.)
In the controller Correction start steering R.P.M.
0～5 Correction termination To be added in
713 １ (Correction stop is caused when R.P.M. is less than
［rpm］ steering R.P.M. setting units of 1 deg.
this R.P.M.)
To be added In the controller Correction feasible range
180～450 Correction allowable
714 350 in units of 10 (Correction is allowed in the specified range from
［deg］ range setting
deg. steering center)
5 ～ 30 Correction prohibition To be added in
715 30 Correction prohibition speed
［km/h］ speed setting units of 1 deg.
With correction Correction
(Correction is made within
0 Steering knob misalignment correction value
within ordinary specified ordinary
angle code 714 degrees) specified angle
There is a
There is a correction in
1 correction in ↑
all steer areas
all steer areas
W i t h o u t
2 Without correction ↑
correction
3 Always ON Always ON ↑
Code 710 Set

Code 710 Set value +8 ↑
value +8
4
716 5 Code 711 Set
Code 711 Set value +4
value +4
Code 710 Set
value +16
5
Code 710 Set
value +16
Code 710 Set
value +24
6
Code 711 Set
value +12
Code 710 Set
value +32
7
Code 711 Set
value +16
3-28
value value
Correction data
anticipation 0:0 deg
Correction
Cause the data to go
0 advance value Steering knob misalignment correction value
ahead in the steering
0
rotational direction
(tentative hysteresis)
Correction data
Correction
4 advance value ↑
４
Correction data
Correction
8 advance value ↑
８
717 4
Correction data
Correction
12 advance value ↑
１２
Correction data
Correction
１６
Correction data
Correction
２０
S t e e r i n g Compatible from software version 105 and later
0 Steering sensor A s e n s o r To be selected when old combination lever (truck
selection 0 manufactured to May,2007) is used
718 1
S t e e r i n g Compatible from software version 105 and later
1 Steering sensor B s e n s o r To be selected when new combination lever (truck
selection 1 manufactured after Jun,2007) is used
At the time of OPT 0 (3 bit) with optional speed
mater.
To be added in Speed meter adjustment factor Make adjustment
719 90 ～ 115 100 Speed meter correction
units of 1 by inputting the factor in the calculation formula.
At this moment, incorporate it into the travel
distance as well. Set value x 0.01
Speed limit alarm set value in the case of OPT0 (4
4 ～ 28 Speed alarm 1 speed To be added in
720 10 bit) with optional speed alarm 1 and OPT2 (0 bit)
［km/h］ setting units of 1
with optional speed alarm by display.
4 ～ 28 Speed alarm 2 speed To be added in Speed limit alarm set value in the case of OPT0 (5
721 15
［km/h］ setting units of 1 bit) with optional speed alarm 2
Not in
722 ---
use
6，12，
Time setting to issue an alarm when OPT1 (0 bit)
24，36，
with parking alarm was selected. Standard is 6
48，60， Sequential
723 6 Parking alarm time [sec]. Parking alarm operation completes after
120，240， selection
12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 120, 240, 360, FFF (infinity) [sec]
360，FFF
according to the setting.
［sec］
1.0～5.0 Leaving seat judgment To be added in Leaving seat judgment time SEAT T1 = Leaving
724 3.0
［sec］ time setting units of 0.1 seat time
3-29
value value
Arbitrary interval time setting of service interval
1～256 Service interval B time To be added in
725 60 B OPT (1 bit) with optional interval B (Actual
［h］ setting units of 1
operating time is set value x 10h)
Cargo At the time of OPT2 (3 bit) with optional load
Load meter display
handling meter, the measuring data is not fixed. Reference:
0 timing selection 0 :
display Select this when you hope to display real time load
Proportional display
selection 0 as much as possible.
Load meter display Cargo
At the time of OPT”(3 bit) with optional load
timing selection　1: handling
726 1 1 meter, the measuring data is fixed. Remeasurment
Fixed display (measure display
is started according to change in load.
with input change value) selection １
Load meter display Cargo At the time of OPT2 (3 bit) with optional load
timing selection handling meter, the measuring data is fixed. Conduct
2
　２ Fixed display display measurement by setting the load to“0kg”once.
(Manipulation limitation) selection ２ Measure after lowering the lift once.
At the time OPT2 (3 bit) with optional load meter.
10,30, Measurement start
Sequential Set the value to start measurement according to
727 50,70, 50 condition, previous data
selection the change in input value. Adjusted value varies in
90[kg] clear condition setting
units of bits corresponding to 10 kg.
(Up to
version At the time of OPT2 (3 bit) with optional load
0,1,2,3,4 106)2 Input stabilized judgment Sequential meter. Set the value to start measurement under
728
[bit] (Up to condition Setting selection the condition that the bit fluctuates (bit fluctuation)
version under setting or less.
107)3
At the time of OPT2 (3 bit) with optional load
meter. Check the variation from the maximum
0.2,0.4,
Input change value check Sequential and minimum values per set time and start
729 0.6,0.8 0.4
interval setting selection measurement when the fluctuation of data sinks
［sec］
down the set value or less. Set such fluctuation
value.
(Up to
version
5
106)1 ～ Cargo
10［sec］ Measurment data At the time of OPT2 (3 bit) with optional load
handling
730 determination time meter. Time required for determining the read-in
(Up to display
setting measurement data to convert it into kg.
version selection 0.5
2.0
107)0.5 ～
5.0［sec］
(Up to
version
50
106)30,50, At the time of OPT2 (3 bit) with optional load
70,90［kg］ When the load lowered,
meter. Set the remeasurement start or timing to
set the remeasurement Sequential
731 (Up to reset the measurement data.
start conditions and selection
version Adjusted value varies in units of bits corresponding
data clear conditions
107)50,80, 80 to 10kg.
110,140
［kg］
meter. Condition to allow the display. When
the input value changes too much, not change
In the case of code 726
2 ～ 14 To be added in the display. Or set the display to“---“. Set the
732 8 (0), set the input enable
[bit] units of 1 condition value to cause the input value to be
and input fluctuation bit.
displayed when the input value stabilizes to a
certain extent. Display is made when input value is
less than set value.
meter. Incorporate the variation against the data to
be displayed in advance. Subtract the portion equal
In the case of code 726
1 ～ 10 To be added in to the correction value in advance when the display
733 5 (0), set the correction b
[bit] units of 1 enable timing occurs and then, continue to add by
correction initial value
1 bit every set time of code 734 and complete the
correction when the addition equivalent to setting
was made.
3-30
value value
In the case of code 726 At the time of OPT2 (3 bit) with optional load
1 ～ 10 To be added in
734 5 (0), set the correction b meter. Set the interval timing to which you input
［sec］ units of 1
correction interval the correction b.
meter. Always subtract or add the correction to
Set the correction input
-15 ～ 15 To be added in the input value at the time when the display timing
735 0 value by the use of
[bit] units of 1 is allowed and measurement has completed. In
correction a actual load
other cases, the correction value is cancelled. Set
the correction value.
At the time of OPT2 (5 bit) with optional overload
alarm and OPT2 (6 bit) with optional overload
alarm by means of standard buzzer and display.
Set value of load at which overload alarm is issued.
Set value kg. (Set value is from 4000 to 5000. With
500 ～
Overload alarm set the To be added in a push of setting button, the value reduces in units
736 4000 4000
set value units of 100 of 100 with automatic subtraction function). Return
[kg]
to 4000 when load reaches 500 or less. OPT2 (5 bit)
operation: Overload alarm is output and“Er OL”
appears on the display. OPT2 (6 bit) operation:
Overload alarm tone is issued from display and“Er
oL”display appears on the display.
At the time of OPT2 (5 bit) with optional overload
alarm and OPT2 (6 bit) with optional overload
alarm by means of standard buzzer and display.
0,50,
Overload alarm stop load value. When (Code
100,150, Sequential
737 100 Alarm OFF setting 736 set value - code 737 set value) x 1kg or less
200 selection
continues for 0.5 seconds or more, warning stops.
[kg]
And“Er OL”display is stopped. Further, overload
warning tone from the display and display of“Er
oL”on the display are stopped.
meter. Correction is made as a load calculation
formula to obtain the load from mast pressure Y =
Load corrected value To be added in
738 092 ～ 108 100 (Code 738 value) * A * (X-X0). (Provisional action,
Refer to load meter units of 1
determine the multiplier after characteristics check
per mast. For example, A mast factor 1.03 B mast
1.02 etc. )Set factor = Set value x 0.01
50,100,
150,200,
Set the threshold value Sequential Adjusted value of LTV data Value for the
739 250,300, 200
for judgment of load selection judgment of with or without load
350,400
[kg]
3-31
[6] Controller Setting Optional Function
CAUTION
These are optional functions for the controller and differ from the options for the truck and
product. For more information about the options for the truck and product, confirm with maker.
How to count a bit Bit

6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Meaning
ＯＮ
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Function valid, selected
How to count a bit Bit

6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Meaning
ＯＦＦ
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Function invalid, not yet selected
Default: Initial value when the controller is turned ON for the first time.
　６５４３２１０ビット Meaning of Meaning of Supplemental remarks and point to

Option『○○○○○○○』
OPT０： Bit Default １に設定した場合機能が働く
Description of setting 補足説明及び注意点
0 1 keep in mind
Service interval A
サービスインターバルＡ仕様有り Not ・ディスプレイ説明の項参照 Refer to the section“Exposition of
0 0 Effective
specification
サービスインターバルＢ仕様有り display”.
effective・サービスインターバルＢ：任意の時間毎にインターバル機能を働か
す事が可能 Service interval B:
Service interval B
ヘッドライト消し忘れ警報有り Not ・コントローラ基本動作の項参照
1 0 Effective Causing the interval function to work
specification effective・コントローラ基本動作の項及びディスプレイスピードメータの項参照
スピードメータ有り every arbitrary time is possible.
スピードアラーム１　外部出力１有り・スピードメータ有り選択の上、コード720にてアラームスピード設定
Not Refer to the section“Basic operation
2 1 Headlight reminder
スピードアラーム２　外部出力２有り Effective
effective・スピードメータ有り選択の上コード721にてアラームスピード設定　
of controller”.
　注意：過負荷警報との同時選択不可　OP2（5bit）
ウインカー動作音有り Refer to the sections“Basic
・コントローラ基本動作の項参照
Not operation of controller”and“Display
　注意：荷重積算計との同時選択不可　OP2（4bit）
3 1 Speedometer Effective
　６５４３２１０ビット effective speedometer”. When speedometer is
OPT０　デフォルト『○○○１１○○』 used, speed sensor is required.
In addition to the selection of with
Speed alarm 1 External Not speedometer, alarm speed setting with
4 0 Effective
output effective code 720 and external dedicated wiring
OPT0　６５４３２１０ビット
are required.
OPT１：『○○○○○○○』
In addition to the selection of with
パーキング警報有り speedometer, alarm speed setting with
・コード723により警報時間調整可能
エラー音alarm
無し（エラー音無しにする。） code 721 is required.
Speed 2 External Not ・エラー音が気になるというユーザーのためエラー音のみ消す機能。
5 0 通信エラー判定無効（判的機能を無効 Effective Note: Simultaneous selection with load
output effective
にする） totalizing meter is not allowed.
サービスマンパスワード有り
OP2 (5 bit), external dedicated wiring
・サービスマンモードの利用を制限する場合設定
is required.
シリアルポート常時データ送信（メンテナ
ンスポート）有り Refer to section“Basic operation of
シートベルト警報有り（海外輸出専用） controller”.
・コード705により警報タイプ変更可能注意：海外輸出専用
パスワードエントリー有り Note: Simultaneous selection with
Not ・別途パスワード設定必要、パスワードの項参照
6 0 Winker operating tone Effective overload alarm is not allowed
effective
　６５４３２１０ビット OP2 (5 bit), external dedicated wiring is
OPT１　デフォルト『○○○○○○１』 required.
Not Adjustment of alarm time with code

0 1 Parking alarm Effective
effective 723 is available
Warning tone in the event Not Function to kill the error tone only for
OPT1 1 0 Effective
of error effective the user worried about error tone.
Communication error Not
2 0 Effective
judgment effective
3-32
Meaning of Meaning of Supplemental remarks and point to
Option Bit Default Description of setting
0 1 keep in mind
Set this function when placing a
Not restraint on the use of serviceman
3 0 Serviceman password Effective
effective mode (Dedicated password for
serviceman mode“5CC5”).
LTV data transmission Not To be set when LTV device is installed
4 0 Effective
(Maintenance port) effective Compatible from version 107 and later
OPT1
Change of alarm type by means of
2Seat belt Not code 705 is available
5 0 Effective
Alarm/Interlock effective Note: Exclusive use for international
export
Not Separate password setting is required.
6 0 Password entry Effective
effective Refer to the section“Password”.
Speed alarm (Standard Not After selecting With speedometer, set
0 0 Effective
buzzer, display) effective the alarm speed with code 720
Operation management
Not Select this when do not want to display
1 0 display between display and Effective
effective LTV data on the screen
LTV
Load meter Display/ Not
2 0 Effective
measurement function effective
Not
3 1 Load sensor Effective Pressure sensor is required at using
effective
Selection of With load meter is
Not required. Note: Refer to winker. OP0
OPT2 4 0 Load totalizing meter Effective
effective (6 bit). External dedicated wiring is
required
After selecting With load meter, set
the load value with code 736
Not
5 0 Overload alarm Effective Note: Refer to speed alarm 2 OP0
effective
(5 bit). External dedicated wiring is
required.
Refer to the section“Basic operation
of controller”
Overload alarm (Standard Not
6 0 Effective (For the case of prior to version 105,
buzzer, display) effective
simultaneous selection with OP2 (5 bit)
is required.).
Travel/cargo handling
0 0 Effective Canceled Note 2
interlock
1 0 Nonpublic
2 0 Nonpublic
OPT3
Cargo handling interlock Not
Note 1 3 0 Effective Note 3
valve effective
4 0 Nonpublic
5 0 Nonpublic
6 0 Nonpublic
Don’t tamper the setting without a
0 0 Unpublicized －－
permit.
Don’t tamper the setting without a
1 0 Unpublicized －－
permit.
2 0 Undecided －－
3 0 Undecided －－
OPT4 Use this together with speedometer use
4 0 Speedometer Without With
OPT 0 (3BIT) according to CAN data
Standard 1 selected (Electronic
Electronic controlled GAS/
5 0 Without With controlled GAS/LPG engine, controller
LPG engine
with speed limit function)
Standard 1 selected (Electronic
Electronic controlled GAS/
6 0 Without With controlled GAS/LPG engine selected
LPG engine
With CAN Communication)
3-33
Meaning of Meaning of Supplemental remarks and point to
Option Bit Default Description of setting
0 1 keep in mind
Select together with proportional
Proportional solenoid valve Not
0 0 Effective solenoid valve triple, quadruple
2 action effective
Compatible from version 105 and later
With CAN communication (E-HYD
1 0 Effective controller)
triple effective
With CAN communication (E-HYD
triple effective
OPT5 Compatible from version 105 and later
Note 4
3 0 Nonpublic
4 0 Nonpublic
When the proportional solenoid valve is
5 0 Effective used, select the analog seat sensor
Analog seat sensor effective
With Fork horizontal stop option (RTV
Fork automatic horizontal Not
stop effective
Note 1: When storing option 3, long push of M button for 10 seconds or more is required. From some midpoint
of long push, the buzzer tone sounds, however, continue to push M button until the buzzer tone stopped.
After setting, always confirm the set value。
Note 2：When setting to Cancel, please make setting after giving sufficient explanation to the customer about
the fact“Travel/Cargo handling interlock and parking alarm become inoperative”. Further, after the
setting to Cancel was made, always affix the decal [Caution: Travel and cargo handling interlock and
parking alarm of this truck are restricted.]
Note 3 ：When changing the presence or absence of cargo handling interlock valve, the change of cargo handling
valve becomes necessary.
Note 4：In the option 5, when selecting each bit, the controller for each option and dedicated device become
necessary. If required equipment is not connected, the error will be displayed. Pay attention.
3-34
[7] Error History and History Memory
In the serviceman mode, check of error history and error memory is available. This function is usable as
a tool when a failure occurred in the controller. (Machine related failure is not included).
How to use this function:：

Error is displayed on the truck display. Or where there is a point displayed, check the occurrence of
error.
A:Error history On the screen the controller stores 10 errors in the past with error code number and
occurrence date in sequence from the latest and display stores 5 errors.
For the meaning of error code, check with Error History Memory List.
B:In the error history memory, both controller and display show the error occurred up to now in bit. If
the bit corresponding to each error is 0, such error did not occur. 1 means that error occurred.
For the description of error item corresponding to each bit, refer to the error history memory list.
C:Identify the cause of error from the error code and error bit.
D:When the cause of error has been identified to an extent, identify the cause of error occurred by the
use of troubleshooting and switch monitor to modify the defective point.
E:Once the cause of error has been removed, an error will not occur.
F:After checking an error, in preparation for the next occurrence of error, clearing of error history
facilitates the next check. For the clearing of error history memory, refer to the section“Memory
clear”.
Maintenance
【Checking the error number, date when an error occurred, Hour Meter readings when an error
occurred of controller】
As up to 10 error numbers, dates when an error occurred and Hour Meter readings when an error
occurred of controller are stored, they are effective for the failure analysis of controller.
Check the date and time when Check the Hour Meter readings Controller
an error occurred. when an error occurred Check the error occurred
Displayed from “no 0” 「ＥｒｒＣ」　『ｄＡTＡ　　ｎｏ』
For the meaning of error, refer to the section “Error code” Up to 10 errors are stored ・Controller maintenance
Latest error becomes no0 Controller error history
←：button
Time clock when an error occurred
Shift from error number
having been selected →：Ｍ button
Shift from error number ←：button ↓：button

having been selected
←：button
→：Ｍ button
↓：button
↓：button
→：Ｍ button There is no error code display if there is no error.
＊ ↓：button
↓：button
＊ ↑：button
Day
Month ↑：button
＊：Error number ＊
Last 2 digits of the year
of our Lord ＊：０～９
Hour Meter time when an error occurred
Sequence number of error
＊：０～９
Display Display 3-35

Check the date and time when Check the Hour Meter readings Display
For the meaning of error, refer to the section “Error code” Up to 10 errors are stored 「Ｅｒｒｄ」　『ｄＡＴＡ　　ｎｏ』
Latest error becomes no0 Display error history
←：button
Displayed from “no 0” 「ＥｒｒＣ」　『ｄＡTＡ　　ｎｏ』
For the meaning of error, refer to the section “Error code” Up to 10 errors are stored ・Controller maintenance
Latest error becomes no0 Controller error history
←：button
Time clock when an error occurred
having been selected →：Ｍ button
Shift from error number ←：button ↓：button

←：button
→：Ｍ button
Memo ↓：button
↓：button
→：Ｍ button There is no error code display if there is no error.
When the storage of error occurred continuously, it is arranged so as not to store the error
↓：button
continuously.
＊
For example, in the case of same error occurred
↓：button
continuously in the same date and
＊ ↑：button
time, it is arranged
Day that the time when the error occurred at the end is↑：button
stored.
Month ＊
＊：Error number
Last 2 digits of the year
of our Lord ＊：０～９
Hour Meter time when an error occurred
【Checking the error
＊：０～９ number, date when an error occurred, Hour Meter readings when an error
occurred of display】
As up to 5 error numbers, dates when an error occurred and Hour Meter readings when an error
occurred of display are stored, they are effective for the failure analysis of display.
Display Display
Check the date and time when Check the Hour Meter readings Display
For the meaning of error, refer to the section “Error code” Up to 10 errors are stored 「Ｅｒｒｄ」　『ｄＡＴＡ　　ｎｏ』
Latest error becomes no0 Display error history
←：button

Time clock when an error occurred having been selected →：Ｍ button
←：button ↓：button
→：Ｍ button
←：button
↓：button
↓：button
→：Ｍ button
↓：button
↓：button
＊ ↑：button ↑：button
＊
＊
Day ＊：Error number
Month ＊：０～４
Last 2 digits of the year Hour Meter time when an error occurred
of our Lord
＊：０～４
　【Error Memory of Controller and Display】

Error occurrence type is displayed in bit. Check of error occurrence type is available.
Controller/display
Check the occurred error memory 「Ｅｒｒ」　『ｂＩＴ　ｒＥ』
Controller, display error
For the meaning of error, refer to the section “Error code”
Displayed from “Err 0” ←：button
memory
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit No. →：Ｍ button
※※※※※ ※
ＯＮ
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
↓：button
Note: 7th bit is expressed with .

＊＊＊＊＊＊＊
↓：button
↑：button
＊
＊＊＊＊＊＊＊
＊：０～８
※：　No error → 0 Error present →　１
2Position expression of 7th bit _ No error→ 　Error present →
3-36
[8] Error Code Table
An error of sensor family is always judged and automatic reset is made when the error disappeared.
Sensing
Error code Description Classification Error check bit
element
Standard error
『ErrC000』 Forward Solenoid Short Err ０－００００　０００１
『ErrC001』 Forward Solenoid Open Err ０－００００　００１０
Traveling
『ErrC002』 Reverse Solenoid Short Err ０－００００　０１００
『ErrC003』 Reverse Solenoid Open Err ０－００００　１０００
『ErrC004』 Mast Lowering Solenoid Short Err ０－０００１　００００
『ErrC005』 Mast Lowering Solenoid Open Cargo Err ０－００１０　００００
『ErrC006』 Mast Unload Solenoid Short handling Err ０－０１００　００００
『ErrC007』 Mast Unload Solenoid Open Err ０－１０００　００００
『ErrC008』 Forward/Reverse SOL Power Short Controller Err １－００００　０００１
Traveling
『ErrC009』 Forward/Reverse SOL Power Open Err １－００００　００１０
『ErrC010』 Starter Relay Short Err １－００００　０１００
Starting
『ErrC011』 Starter Relay Open Err １－００００　１０００
『ErrC012』 Pickup Sensor Short Err １－０００１　００００
Accessory
『ErrC013』 Pickup Sensor Open Err １－００１０　００００
『ErrC014』 Knob Misalignment Solenoid Short Err １－０１００　００００
『ErrC015』 Knob misalignment Solenoid Open Steering Err １－１０００　００００
『ErrC016』 Steering Sensor Error Err ２－００００　０００１
『ErrC017』 Not used Err ２－００００　００１０
『ErrC018』 Trail Sensor Short Err ２－００００　０１００
Function
『ErrC019』 Trail Sensor Open Err ２－００００　１０００
Forward/Reverse Switch or Neutral
『ErrC020』 Operation Err ２－０００１　００００
Switch Failure (AT/CT) Short
『ErrC021』 EEPROM Writing Error Err ２－００１０　００００
『ErrC022』 EEPROM Verify Error Err ２－０１００　００００
Controller Others
『ErrC023』 Communication Error Err ２－１０００　００００
『ErrC024』 CAN Communication Error Err ３－００００　０００１
『ErrC025』 Option Pressure Sensor Short Sensor Err ３－００００　００１０
『ErrC026』 Option Pressure Sensor Open (Option) Err ３－００００　０１００
『ErrC027』 Low Battery Voltage Err ３－００００　１０００
Starting
『ErrC028』 Starter Input Circuit Short Err ３－０００１　００００
『ErrC029』 Not used Not used Not used Err ３－００１０　００００
『ErrC030』 Steering Sensor Variation Error Err ３－０１００　００００
『ErrC031』 Trail Sensor Variation Error Controller Steering Err ３－１０００　００００
『ErrC032』 Steering RPM error Err ４－００００　０００１
Option Error
『ErrC 50』 Pressure, Trail Sensor Power Short Sensor Err ４－００００　００１０
Controller
『ErrC 51』 QI (transistor) Open Accessory Err ４－００００　０１００
3-37
Sensing
element
Option Error
『ErrC 60』 Maintenance Data Error Err ４－００００　１０００
『ErrC 61』 Truck Set Data Error Err ４－０００１　００００
『ErrC 62』 Trail Memory Data Error Err ４－００１０　００００
『ErrC 63』 Password Memory Data Error Err ４－０１００　００００
『ErrC 64』 Option Setting Data Error Err ４－１０００　００００
Controller Others
『ErrC 65』 External Option Data Error Err ９－００００　０００１
『ErrC 66』 Controller Data Error Err ９－００００　００１０
『ErrC 67』 Display Data Error Err ９－００００　０１００
『ErrC 68』 Operation Management Data Error Err ９－００００　１０００
『ErrC 69』 Hour Meter Data Error Err ９－０００１　００００
Not used Not used Not used Not used Err ９－００１０　００００
Not used Not used Not used Not used Err ９－０１００　００００
Not used Not used Not used Not used Err ９－１０００　００００
In the serviceman mode Data Copy Error To be displayed when copy disable conditions prevail
『Errd110』 Display Data Copy Error Err ５－００００　０００１
『Errd111』 Display Data Copy Error Err ５－００００　００１０
『Errd112』 Display Data Copy Error Err ５－００００　０１００
『Errd113』 Display Data Copy Error Controller Others Err ５－００００　１０００
『Errd114』 Display Data Copy Error Err ５－０００１　００００
『Errd115』 Display Data Copy Error Err ５－００１０　００００
『Errd116』 Display Data Copy Error Err ５－０１００　００００
Not used Not used Not used Not used Err ５－１０００　００００
『ErrC120』 Controller Data Copy Error Err ６－００００　０００１
Controller Others
『ErrC121』 Controller Data Copy Error Err ６－００００　００１０
Not used Not used Not used Not used Err ６－００００　０１００
『ErrC123』 Controller Data Copy Error Err ６－００００　１０００
『ErrC124』 Controller Data Copy Error Err ６－０００１　００００
Controller Others
『ErrC125』 Controller Data Copy Error Err ６－００１０　００００
『ErrC126』 Controller Data Copy Error Err ６－０１００　００００
Not used Not used Not used Not used Err ６－１０００　００００
Display Judgment Error
『Errd000』 Reception Time Out Error Err ７－００００　０００１
『Errd001』 Communication Data Error Err ７－００００　００１０
『Errd002』 EEPROM Readout Error Err ７－００００　０１００
EEPROM Writing Error (Hour
『Errd003』 Err ７－００００　１０００
Meter) Display Others
EEPROM Writing Error (Controller
『Errd004』 Err ７－０００１　００００
Instruction)
EEPROM Readout Error (Controller
『Errd005』 Err ７－００１０　００００
Instruction)
3-38
Sensing
element
Display Judgment Error
Dead Lamp (Charge lamp within
『Errd006』 Err ７－０１００　００００
display) Open
『Errd007』 Fuel Level Gauge Open Err ７－１０００　００００
Sensor
『Errd008』 Fuel Level Gauge Short Err ８－００００　０００１
『Errd009』 Coolant Temperature Gauge Open Display Err ８－００００　００１０
『Errd010』 Coolant Temperature Gauge Short Err ８－００００　０１００
『Errd011』 Switch 1 (  button) Error Err ８－００００　１０００
『Errd012』 Switch 2 (  button) Error Operation Err ８－０００１　００００
『Errd013』 Switch 3 ( Ｍ button) Error Err ８－００１０　００００
Not used Not used Not used Not used Err ８－０１００　００００
Not used Not used Not used Not used Err ８－１０００　００００
For Electronic Controlled Engine (GAS/LPG) Truck only.
Refer to the section "Electrical System (Electronic Controlled Engine)" for possible cause and procedure/
action.
Error Sensing
Description Failure Classification
code element
Gov. sensor 1 % higher than Gov. sensor 2 %
Gov. sensor 1 % higher than Gov. sensor 2 % Governor sensor Engine
ErrE300 ECM
Throttle command is 20% more than actual signal failure controller
Throttle command is 20% less than actual
Speed sensor Engine
ErrE304 Loss of Roadspeed signal ECM
signal failure controller
ErrE309 IAT voltage high IAT signal
ErrE310 IAT voltage low failure (Intake Engine
ECM
ErrE311 IAT voltage high air temperature controller
ErrE312 IAT voltage low sensor)
ErrE313 MAP pressure high MAP signal
ErrE314 MAP voltage low failure (Intake
Engine
manifold ECM
ErrE315 MAP pressure high controller
negative
ErrE316 MAP voltage low pressure sensor)
ErrE317 ECT voltage high ECT signal
ErrE318 ECT voltage low failure (Coolant Engine
ECM
ErrE319 ECT voltage high temperature controller
ErrE320 ECT voltage high sensor)
ErrE321 System voltage low Power supply Engine
ECM
ErrE322 System voltage high failure controller
Loss of CPS signal CPS signal
failure Engine
ErrE323 CPS signal noise ECM
(Camshaft controller
Cam position could not synchronize during start position sensor)
3-39
Error Sensing
Description Failure Classification
code element
Governor control Engine
ErrE327 Engine speed exceeds the limit ECM
failure controller
CAN Transmit fault CAN
Engine
ErrE330 communication ECM
CAN Transmit fault controller
failure
RSL data failure
(Running speed Engine
ErrE332 Loss of CAN Roadspeed Message ECM
control setting controller
data)
ErrE333 Closed loop fuel multiplier high
ErrE334 Closed loop fuel multiplier low Feedback Engine
ECM
ErrE337 Adaptive fuel multiplier high control failure controller
ErrE338 Adaptive fuel multiplier low
Internal ECM failure
ECM inside Engine
ErrE341 Internal ECM failure - FLASH ECM
failure controller
Internal ECM failure - RAM
ErrE349 Gov. sensor 1 voltage high
ErrE350 Gov. sensor 1 voltage low Governor sensor Engine
ECM
ErrE351 Gov. sensor 2 voltage high signal failure controller
ErrE352 Gov. sensor 2 voltage low
ErrE353 TPS voltage high TPS signal
Engine
failure (Throttle ECM
ErrE354 O2 sensor open / lazy controller
position sensor)
Engine
ErrE355 O2 sensor open / lazy O2 sensor failure ECM
controller
ErrE356 Sensor supply 5V high Transmitter/
receiver signal
failure among Engine
ECM
ErrE357 Sensor supply 5V low ECM and controller
respective
sensors
ErrE358 Roadspeed input short to ground Speed sensor Engine
ECM
ErrE359 Roadspeed input open/short to power signal failure controller
Supplemental remarks: For the following components, see the section“Electrical System (Electronic
Controlled Engine).
ECM Engine controller ECT(S) Engine coolant temperature (Sensor)
TPS Throttle position sensor CPS Camshaft position sensor
VSS Vehicle speed sensor CAN Communication network
IAT(S) Intake air temperature (Sensor) RSL Running speed limiter
MAP(S) Manifold absolute pressure (Sensor) FBC Feedback control
3-40
In the event of error
Example of error indication to be displayed on the display
・Spanner mark + ErrC means an error of Vehicle controller.
・Spanner mark + Errd means an error of display.
・Spanner mark + ErrE means an error of ECM Engine controller.
　(Clock time is for reference purpose and carries no special significance.)
R2.5 R2.5
　　 Vehicle Controller error display example　　　　　　　　 Display error display example　　　　
R2.5
　　 ECM Engine Controller error display example
3-41
Error memory
Error check bit Err０（Controller）Ｅrr１（Controller）Ｅrr２（Controller）Ｅrr３（Controller）
0000 0001 ・・・・・・・１ ErrC 00 ・・・・・・・１ ErrC 08 ・・・・・・・１ ErrC 16 ・・・・・・・１ ErrC 24
0000 0010 ・・・・・・１・ ErrC 01 ・・・・・・１・ ErrC 09 ・・・・・・１・ ErrC 17 ・・・・・・１・ ErrC 25
0000 0100 ・・・・・１・・ ErrC 02 ・・・・・１・・ ErrC 10 ・・・・・１・・ ErrC 18 ・・・・・１・・ ErrC 26
0000 1000 ・・・・１・・・ ErrC 03 ・・・・１・・・ ErrC 11 ・・・・１・・・ ErrC 19 ・・・・１・・・ ErrC 27
0001 0000 ・・・１・・・・ ErrC 04 ・・・１・・・・ ErrC 12 ・・・１・・・・ ErrC 20 ・・・１・・・・ ErrC 28
0010 0000 ・・１・・・・・ ErrC 05 ・・１・・・・・ ErrC 13 ・・１・・・・・ ErrC 21 ・・１・・・・・ ErrC 29
0100 0000 ・１・・・・・・ ErrC 06 ・１・・・・・・ ErrC 14 ・１・・・・・・ ErrC 22 ・１・・・・・・ ErrC 30
1000 0000 １・・・・・・・ ErrC 07 １・・・・・・・ ErrC 15 １・・・・・・・ ErrC 23 １・・・・・・・ ErrC 31
Error check bit Err４（Controller）Ｅrr５（Display）Ｅrr６（Controller）Ｅrr７（Display）

0000 0001 ・・・・・・・１ ErrC 32 ・・・・・・・１ Errd 110 ・・・・・・・１ ErrC 120 ・・・・・・・１ Errd 00
0000 0010 ・・・・・・１・ ErrC 50 ・・・・・・１・ Errd 111 ・・・・・・１・ ErrC 121 ・・・・・・１・ Errd 01
0000 0100 ・・・・・１・・ ErrC 51 ・・・・・１・・ Errd 112 ・・・・・１・・ ErrC 122 ・・・・・１・・ Errd 02
0000 1000 ・・・・１・・・ ErrC 60 ・・・・１・・・ Errd 113 ・・・・１・・・ ErrC 123 ・・・・１・・・ Errd 03
0001 0000 ・・・１・・・・ ErrC 61 ・・・１・・・・ Errd 114 ・・・１・・・・ ErrC 124 ・・・１・・・・ Errd 04
0010 0000 ・・１・・・・・ ErrC 62 ・・１・・・・・ Errd 115 ・・１・・・・・ ErrC 125 ・・１・・・・・ Errd 05
0100 0000 ・１・・・・・・ ErrC 63 ・１・・・・・・ Errd 116 ・１・・・・・・ ErrC 126 ・１・・・・・・ Errd 06
1000 0000 １・・・・・・・ ErrC 64 １・・・・・・・ Errd 117 １・・・・・・・ ErrC 127 １・・・・・・・ Errd 07
Error check bit Ｅrr８（Display）Ｅrr９（Controller/Display）

0000 0001 ・・・・・・・１ Errd 08 ・・・・・・・１ ErrC 65
0000 0010 ・・・・・・１・ Errd 09 ・・・・・・１・ ErrC 66
0000 0100 ・・・・・１・・ Errd 10 ・・・・・１・・ ErrC 67
0000 1000 ・・・・１・・・ Errd 11 ・・・・１・・・ ErrC 68
0001 0000 ・・・１・・・・ Errd 12 ・・・１・・・・ ErrC 69
0010 0000 ・・１・・・・・ Errd 13 ・・１・・・・・ Spare
0100 0000 ・１・・・・・・ Errd 14 ・１・・・・・・ Spare
1000 0000 １・・・・・・・ Errd 15 １・・・・・・・ Spare
3-42
[9] Switch Monitor
With a selection of switch monitor under serviceman mode, check on the input status of display and
controller is available.
This function is usable as a tool when the failure occurs in the controller. (Machine-related failure is not
included).
Switch monitor
This function causes the I/O signals of the controller and display unit to de displayed on the display,
monitors the status of each switch and enables the check whether switches are normal or not.
How to use this function:

This function is usable to check the error when the error display is displayed on the truck display or there
was an indication being displayed.
Ａ：Make an estimate of error point from the error code in the error history by means of
troubleshooting.
Analog input: Variation of sensor can be checked.
Digital input: Check can be made whether the signal from each external unit has been input or not.
For the type of analog and digital input values, refer to the following sections.
Ｂ：ogether with the check of respective parts through the wiring check, equipment check or tester
check, it is possible to check the input to the actual controller by the use of switch monitor of
controller.
Ｃ：When there is no problem in the external wiring, equipment, this function is also usable for the
failure judgment of controller itself by the use of switch monitor and forced output function of the
controller.
CAUTION:
Use the forced output after the check of truck condition. Though the judgment of short-circuited
or break is made by the controller, first carry out this function after the check of external wiring,
equipment, etc. If external wiring or equipment has a problem, it can lead to the breakage of truck
and controller.
3-43
Switch Monitor Display
Display Display
Display of I/O Input status Display of A/D input status
Displayed from “dS 0”.
Displayed from “dIo0” ←：button
dIo * = 0 to 2
＊＊＊ →：Ｍ button “S uu” “dS dATA”
Shift from error number having been selected
←：Push of ◁ button for 2 seconds or more
Since there is no W, expressed as uu.
Switch monitor display
↓：button ↑：button
※※※※※ ※※ SW
→：Push of Mbutton for 2 seconds or more i/o A/D
Note
↓：Push of
▷ button for Display A/D number
2 seconds ↑：Push of ▷ button for 2 seconds
Note ＊＊＊
Display A/D value

＊＊＊＊：０００～３ＦＦ
※※※※※ ※※
※No input 　→０、　Input present →1　

Position expression of 7th bit _ No error→　　　Error present →
CAUTION
So as to check the input by ▷ and M buttons, it is arranged that the push of such buttons for 2 seconds causes the mode to change.
Display
　Switch Monitor
　dS dATA
Analog input value How to count a bit
　ｄS 0 　AD fuel level gauge 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit
　ｄS 1 AD Coolant ON
temperature gauge
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Switch Monitor Display
Note: 7th bit is expressed as .
dS * Number of i/o and A/D.
Digital input value Digital input value Digital input value

　ｄIo 0 　dIo １　dIo ２
　　　＿『○○○○○○○』　　　＿『○○○○○○○』　　　＿『○○○○○○○』
M Button Ignition Not used

Button LPG parallel use switch input Not used
Button Charge Not used
Spare input 2 Air cleaner Not used
Spare input 1 Coolant Engine oil temperature
Not used Fluid Torque converter
Not used Buzzer Sedimenter
Not used Backlight Glow
3-44
Switch monitor - Controller
Display of I/O Input status Display of A/D input status
Controller Display of I/O input status Controller Display of A/D input status
Displayed from “dS 0”.

Cn　＊＝0～４
←：button “S uu” “Cn dATA”
Displayed from “dIo0” Since there is no W, expressed as uu.
Shift from error number having been selected ＊＊＊ →：Ｍ button Switch monitor display
←：Push of ◁ button for 2 seconds or more SW
※※※※※ ※※ ↓：button ↑：button i/o A/D
→：Ｍ button
↓：button ↑：button Display A/D number

＊
＊＊＊
Display A/D value
＊＊＊＊：０００～３ＦＦ
※※※※※ ※※
※No input 　→０、　Input present →1　

Position expression of 7th bit _ No error→　　　　Error present →
Controller input
　SW
　Cn dATA
How to count a bit

　Cｎ0 AD Speed sensor 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit
　Cｎ1 AD Trail sensor ON
　Cｎ2 AD Load meter
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
　Cｎ3 AD Power supply voltage Switch Monitor Display
Note: 7th bit is expressed as .
dS * Number of i/o and A/D.
　CIo 0 　CIo １　CIo ２

　　　＿『○○○○○○○』　　　＿『○○○○○○○』　　　＿『○○○○○○○』
Key switch Seat switch Trail power status input

Parking switch Not used
Starter switch Starter relay status Not used
Shift Forward Forward SOL status Not used
Shift Reverse Reverse SOL status Not used
Neutral switch Mast lowering stop condition Not used
Spare 1 Mast unload condition Not used
Headlight Knob misalignment SOL status Not used
　CIo ３
　　　＿『○○○○○○○』
Steering Phase A
Steering Phase B
Steering Phase Z
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
3-45
Controller
Forced output (Cautions in using this function: Make sure that there is no problem in the outside of
controller. Have a truck jacked up to prevent traveling. This function is usable when cargo handling can
operate normally and use of this function is prohibited when there is a problem in the cylinder, piping,
hose, etc.)
Select output Select forced OUT
□：Blinking
When changing the meaning of Meaning of (0) 000 0000
0000 0000 to 0010 0000. ←：＜button
←：button
↓：button Forced OUT, forced stop ‘ou T’ “ ouT PUT”
Operation check
↓：button Indicate result of OFF Forced external output
processing for 1 second ↓：button
↑：button →：Shift to next
position with ◁ button ↓：button
Exit after data reset processing

→：Ｍ button
↓：button ↑：Ｍ button
↓：button
Output command memory (Retention)
↑：button
How to count a bit

Controller output Bit
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ou T ON
ouT PUT 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
OP1, OP2 output timing

ON
OP1 OFF
ｏｕ　T：　　　＿『○○○○○○○』 ON
OP2 ５Ｓ OFF
Spare output OP1, OP2 output
Display all lighting display
Buzzer forced operation
Forced knob misalignment solenoid ON
Forced forward solenoid ON
Forced reverse solenoid ON
Forced mast down stop solenoid OFF
Forced unload solenoid OFF
3-46
[10] Storing the Trail Center Position
【Store the center position of trail when Steering Knob Misalignment Function is provided】
Adjust the steering to the condition under which the truck can travel straightforward
independently of steering knob position. Carry out the following operations under this condition to let
store the trail center position. Then, remove the steering and mount it again adjusting the knob position.
※　Not let store the steering position, let store the position of trail tire.
How to set
1 Drive the truck to adjust so that the trail is situated at the center (where the truck goes straight
ahead). At this moment, it is OK even if the handle is not present at fixed position.
2 Store the trail center position by the operation to store the setting.
3 After storage, remove the steering, adjust the steering sensor to the center, line up the positioning
3-point claw of steering with positioning 3-point groove of steering sensor to mount.
4 Manipulate the steering for a while to make sure that the steering returns to the specified steering
position.
5 When steering falls within specified position, tighten the steering nut to complete. If steering does
not fall within the specified position, carry out the steps from 1 again.
Store new trail center value Display of stored and current values
Steering Trail position display data
Displayed from “no”. ←：Push ◁ button
for 2 seconds or more. ←：button （←：button）
×××× →：M button ③
※※※ ※ ※※ →：Ｍ button ※※※ ※ ※※ →：M button ‘SE T’ “CEnTEr”
『ＣＥｎTＥｒ』：ｃｅｎｔｅｒ Store trail position center
※※※ ※ ※※
Store the position where the truck goes straight ahead

With a selection of yES, the present value is stored.
Whenever ▷ button is pushed, yES or no is displayed alternatively.　
When storing the position, cause yES to be displayed and with a push of M button, the data is stored.
no: Not store the position
yES: Store the position
㪪㫋㪸㫋㫌㫊㩷㫆㪽㩷㫋㫀㫉㪼㩷㫎㪿㪼㫅㩷㫋㫉㪸㫀㫃㩷㪺㪼㫅㫋㪼㫉㩷㫀㫊㩷㫊㫋㫆㫉㪼㪻
䌛㪩㫀㪾㪿㫋䌝䌛㪮㫉㫆㫅㪾䌝
㪪㫋㪼㪼㫉㫀㫅㪾㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷
×××× 㫂㫅㫆㪹　　Part A 㪪㫋㪼㪼㫉㫀㫅㪾㩷㫊㫋㪸㫋㫌㫊
㩿㪠㫋㩷㫀㫊㩷㪦㪢㩷㪼㫍㪼㫅㩷㫀㪽㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㫂㫅㫆㪹㩷
※※※ ※ ※※ 㫀㫊㩷㫄㫀㫊㪸㫃㫀㪾㫅㪼㪻㪀
Part B
㪪㫋㪸㫋㫌㫊㩷㫆㪽㩷㫋㫉㪸㫀㫃㩷㫋㫀㫉㪼
㩿㪪㪿㪸㫃㫃㩷㪹㪼㩷㫇㫉㪼㫊㪼㫅㫋㩷㪸㫋㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷
Displayed when the steering center signal is recognized and㫇㫆㫊㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫎㪿㪼㫉㪼㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㫋㫉㫌㪺㫂㩷
not displayed when the steering center signal is not recognized
㪾㫆㪼㫊㩷㫊㫋㫉㪸㫀㪾㪿㫋㩷㪸㪿㪼㪸㪻㪀
( is used for the display of steering center signal).
㪫㫉㪸㫀㫃㩷㪺㪼㫅㫋㪼㫉㩷㫇㫆㫊㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㪫㫉㪸㫀㫃㩷㪺㪼㫅㫋㪼㫉㩷㫇㫆㫊㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅
※※※※※ ※※
※：　No input → 0 Input present → 1

3-47
　CIo ３
　　　＿『○○○○○○○』
Steer phase A 0 bit

Steer phase B 1 bit
Steer phase Z 2 bit
Advice
(Fig.1) when the position of steering knob is prone to become misaligned in an anterior direction,
(Fig.2) store the position where the trail center position is moved to the left slightly. (Fig.3) While
performing several turns of steering, (Fig.4) the knob position converges near side position.
㪝㫀㪾㪅㪈㪝㫀㪾㪅㪉㪝㫀㪾㪅㪊㪝㫀㪾㪅㪋
㪚㫆㫅㪻㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫋㪿㪸㫋㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㫂㫅㫆㪹㩷㪫㫌㫉㫅㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㫊㫋㪼㪼㫉㫀㫅㪾㩷㫊㫃㫀㪾㪿㫋㫃㫐㩷㫋㫆㩷㪘㪽㫋㪼㫉㩷㫊㪼㫋㫋㫀㫅㪾㩷㫆㪽㩷㪺㪼㫅㫋㪼㫉㩷㪫㪿㪼㩷㫂㫅㫆㪹㩷㫇㫆㫊㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷

㫇㫆㫊㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪹㪼㪺㪸㫄㪼㩷㫄㫀㫊㪸㫃㫀㪾㫅㪼㪻㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㫉㫀㪾㪿㫋㪃㩷㪻㫀㫊㫇㫃㪸㪺㪼㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㫋㫉㪸㫀㫃㩷㫇㫆㫊㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㪃㩷㫄㪸㫅㫀㫇㫌㫃㪸㫋㪼㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪺㫆㫅㫍㪼㫉㪾㪼㫊㩷㫅㪼㪸㫉㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼㩷
㫀㫅㩷㪸㫅㩷㪸㫅㫋㪼㫉㫀㫆㫉㩷㪻㫀㫉㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪺㪼㫅㫋㪼㫉㩷㫇㫆㫊㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫊㫃㫀㪾㪿㫋㫃㫐㩷㫋㫆㩷㫊㫋㪼㪼㫉㫀㫅㪾㩷㫋㫆㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㫉㫀㪾㪿㫋㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㫇㫆㫊㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪹㪼㪺㫆㫄㪼㫊㩷
㫎㪿㫀㫃㪼㩷㫋㫉㪸㫍㪼㫃㫀㫅㪾㪅㫋㪿㪼㩷㫃㪼㪽㫋㩷㫋㫆㩷㫊㫋㫆㫉㪼㩷㫋㪿㪼㩷㪺㪼㫅㫋㪼㫉㩷㫃㪼㪽㫋㩷㪽㫆㫉㩷㪸㩷㫎㪿㫀㫃㪼㪅㪻㫀㪽㪽㫀㪺㫌㫃㫋㩷㫋㫆㩷㪹㪼㩷㫄㫀㫊㪸㫃㫀㪾㫅㪼㪻㩷㫀㫅㩷
㫇㫆㫊㫀㫋㫀㫆㫅㪅㪽㫉㫆㫅㫋㪅
3-48
×××× →：M button ③
※※※ ※ ※※ →：Ｍ button ※※※ ※ ※※ →：M button ‘SE T’ “CEnTEr”
『ＣＥｎTＥｒ』：ｃｅｎｔｅｒ Store trail position center
※※※ ※ ※※
【How to Check ErrC18, 19, 30, 31 and 32】

ItWith
is apossible
selection of to
yES,check whether
the present something unusual occurs in the steering sensor or trail sensor or not.
value is stored.
(However, the problem of orbit, trail cylinder or hydraulic pump, etc. is excluded).
When ErrC18, 19, 30, 31 and 32 occur frequently
Manipulation of steering is possible while watching the steering R.P.M. and trail variation and checking
whether sensor operation is normal or not.
×××× 　　Part A
※※※ ※ ※※
Part B
Displayed when the steering center signal is recognized and not displayed when the steering center signal is not recognized
Ａ：Calculated value of steering rotational angle

When turning the steering and the steering sensor operates normally, the calculated value of
steering rotational angle of part A varies. When the displayed value is added or subtracted
smoothly together with turning of steering, there is no problem in the operation of steering
※※※※※ ※※
sensor. However, as somewhat time lag occurs in the display by display, it is necessary to
manipulate the steering as gradually as possible.
　CIo ３
・If the displayed value does not vary although the steering manipulation is performed or the
　　　＿『○○○○○○○』
displayed value varies even

Steerthough
phase A the steering manipulation is not performed, it is conceivable
0 bit
Steer phase B 1 bit
that there is a problem inSteer
thephase
steering
Z 2 sensor.
bit
Not used 3 bit
・When checking the displayed
Not used value 4by
bit manipulating the steering gradually if the displayed
Not used 5 bit
value does not vary or the
Notdisplayed
used value
6 bit varies drastically, there is a possibility that something
Not used 7 bit
unusual occurs in the sensor or controller. (Though the problem of sensor is also conceivable,
the problem of noise, etc. is also conceivable).
・If the displayed value is subtracted even though the steering is turned in the addition
direction or it is added even though the steering is turned in the subtraction direction, there is a
possibility that
＊＊＊the steering
Controller sensor
A/D value or controller has a problem.
＊＊＊：０００～３ＦＦ
Input No. Input value Type

Ｂ：Input value
　Cｎ1 of AD
trail
trail angle
sensor
Reading of trail is displayed as a present value. When the steering sensor operates normally, the
trail angle display of part B varies. When the displayed value is added or subtracted smoothly
together with turning of steering, there is no problem in the operation of trail sensor.
・If the displayed value does not vary although the steering manipulation is performed or the
displayed value varies even though the steering manipulation is not performed, it is conceivable
that there is a problem in the steering sensor.
・When checking the displayed value by manipulating the steering gradually, if the displayed
value does not vary or the displayed value varies drastically, there is a possibility that something
unusual occurs in the truck, sensor or controller.
・If the displayed value is subtracted even though the steering is turned in the addition direction
or it is added even though the steering is turned in the subtraction direction, there is a
possibility that the truck, steering sensor or controller has a problem.
3-49
With a selection of yES, the present value is stored.
Store new trail center value Display of stored and current values
Steering Trail position display data
Reference:Displayed
Checkfromby“no”.
the use of◁ button
←：Push switch monitor
Steering sensor input check ×××× ③
→：Ｍ button →：M button
※※※ ※ ※※ ※※※ ※ ※※ →：M button
‘SE T’ “CEnTEr”
When turning the steering watching the switch monitor, the following bit is displayed
『ＣＥｎTＥｒ』：ｃｅｎｔｅｒ
as 0 or 1
Store trail position center
alternatively.
↓：button
××××
↑：button 　　Part A
Phase Z: Steering center signal

※ ※ ※displays
※ ※ ※ "1" when the steering sensor is present at center. Through
this check, it is possible to obtain the confirmation that the steering sensor operates normally. As long
※※※ ※ ※※
Part B
as the steering is manipulated, the display of 0/1 is repeated at certain display timing and when such
display stops at either
With a selection
Displayed 0 or
of yES,
when the1steering
simultaneously
the present value is stored. with stop of steering, there is no problem. If the display
center signal is recognized and not displayed when the steering center signal is not recognized
0/1 doesWhen (
notstoring
vary isposition,
even
the usedthough
for the yES
cause display
the ofdisplayed
steeringand
steering
to be iscenter
with asignal).
manipulated, or the
push of M button, display
the data is stored.0/1 varies even though the
steering is
yES:not manipulated,
Store the position it is conceivable that the steering sensor has a problem.
※※※※※ ※※
××××
　CIo ３
　　Part A
　　　＿『○○○○○○○』
※※※ ※ ※※
Steer phase A 0 bit
Steer phase B 1 bit
Part B
Steer phase Z 2 bit
Not used 3 bit
Not is
Displayed when the steering center signal used 4 bitnot displayed when the steering center signal is not recognized
recognized and
Not used 5 bit
Not used 6 bit
Not used 7 bit
Trail sensor input check

When turning the steering while watching the switch monitor, the following *** value varies and is
displayed. Display is made with
※※※※addition
※ ※※ or subtraction depending on the rotational direction of
Controller A/D value
＊＊＊
steering. Through this check, it isinput
※：　No → 0＊＊＊：０００～３ＦＦ
possible
Inputto obtain
present → 1 the confirmation that the trail sensor operates
normally. If the displayed

　CIovalue
Input No.
３ is subtracted,
Input value Type not added even though the steering is manipulated in
　Cｎ1 AD trail sensor
　　　＿『○○○○○○○』
the addition direction, or the displayed value is added, not subtracted even though the steering is
Steer phase A 0 bit
manipulated in the subtraction direction or thephase
Steer displayed
B 1 bitvalue varies abruptly, there is a possibility
Steer phase Z 2 bit
that the trail sensor has problem or otherNot
problems
used exist.
3 bit When the trail angle value does not
Not used 4 bit
vary even though the steering is manipulated, or trail value
Not used 5 bit
varies even though the steering is not
manipulated, it is conceivable that the trail
Notsensor
used has 6abit
problem.
Not used 7 bit

＊＊＊ Controller A/D value
＊＊＊：０００～３ＦＦ
Input No. Input value Type

　Cｎ1 AD trail sensor
3-50
[11] Memory Clear
It is possible to clear the data including error history, truck management data, maintenance information
stored in the controller. Select the Memory clear on the screen of display in accordance with the
following.
How to use this function：

・Error memory, history reset
After investigation of truck error and writing down the error data separately, have the data reset, it
is easy to check the error at next investigation. However, if you hope to leave over the data to use
such data in the next time as well, there is nothing wrong with leaving over the data.
There is a case where we cause the error to occur frequently not with any intent at the time of
trouble investigation. As such error history as well remains, there is a possibility that it will be
mistaken at the next trouble investigation. In such a case, it is better to have reset.
Where the controller removed from other truck is used through replacement for some reason,
always reset the error history. If the data of different truck remains, it can be mistaken at the time
of next trouble investigation.
・Operation management data reset
(Including simplified LTV data reset as well)
always reset the operation management data. If the data of different truck remains, it can be
mistaken at the time of data check.
・Maintenance Data Reset
always reset the maintenance information data. If the data of different truck remains, it can be
mistaken at the time of data check.
（Data reset）
Select to perform resetting Select the item to be reset (clearing)

（←：Push of ◁ button
for 2 seconds） ⑦
→：M button ‘ErAS’ “ErrdATA”
・Error memory, history reset
・Operation management data
reset
・Truck maintenance information
reset
Shift from error number having been
Displayed from ‘no ‘ selected ↓：button
‘ErAS’
“dAT-hou”
Operation management data reset
↓：button
→：M button
Return to the selected position
‘ErAS’
no: Not store the data “Fo-CHEC”
yES: Store the data Maintenance information reset
(Reset the information of maintenance)
3-51
Display of Reset Description Item to be reset
Error memory, history
Operation management data

(Including simplified LTV data as well)
Maintenance information
(Information about conduct of
maintenance)
3-52
[12] Password Setting
Display configuration of character display and manipulation of display change switch
This is an optional function that has the password set in advance and the engine does not start if such
password does not coincide with the password to be input. Password can be stored for maximum 10
persons. When the truck is operated by the use of password, it is possible to store and display the total
hour meter reading, travel distance and travel hours on a password-by-password basis.
Display change ▷ button
Display change ◁ button
Mode change M button
Area specified with 『　　』 in the text

Area specified with「　　」 in the text
How to set the password entry

Get into the serviceman mode to enable the password entry by option setting. (Refer to the section
“Serviceman mode”. Turn ON the key switch while holding 3 buttons on the display down. When
such condition is maintained for about 2 seconds, the serviceman mode begins.
＊＊
Once the serviceman mode begins, the software version and the number version
(for example,『01**』「no rEn」) are displayed.
①Then, with 4 pushes of display change
△
button,option setting screen is displayed.
②Under the condition that this display is indicated, with a push of display change
△
button, the option
setting screenis displayed.
③Under the condition that this display is indicated, with a push of

△
button again, option 0『oP 0』is

displayed.
The set value of option 0 is displayed as「＊＊＊＊＊＊＊」＊:0 means the condition that the option
is not yet set and 1 means that the option has been set.
④Here, make option 1『oP 1』by pushing the display change

△
button once. When the password

entry has not been set, it is displayed as「0＊＊＊＊＊＊」.
⑤For enabling the password entry, set OP 1 as「1＊＊＊＊＊＊」.

＊:0 means the condition that the option is not set yet and 1 means that the option has been set.
3-53
Select option 6 bit Select option 1 Option mode display
□：Blinking
Meaning of 0000000 ③ Displayed from ‘oP←：button
0’ ② ←：button ①
⑤
When change 000 0000
to 100 000 to store it ＊＊＊＊＊＊＊
←：button →：Mbutton
⑨
⑥ ↓：button ↓：button
④
↑：button ↑：button ＊＊＊＊＊＊

⑦
button ↓：button
　　　　： ⑧
　　　　：
→：Push M button
　　　　：＊
for 2 seconds or ＊＊＊＊＊＊＊
more
button

6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit
ON
OPT1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
⑥With a push of display change

△
button, the left 0 of「0000000」blinks.

｣｢ｏＰ｣｢ＳＥＴ４｣
』 ( and
『ＳＥT－－－－』　 mean blinking)
『ｏPST 』
⑦Here, with a push of display change
△
button, o turns to 1「1000000」.

⑧With a push of mode change M button for 2 seconds or more, the password entry is set. Through
these manipulations, the setting completed.
⑨With 2 pushes of mode change M button, ① screen returns.
3-54
Setting the Password
Get into the serviceman mode and enable the password entry with option setting. (Refer to the section
“Serviceman mode”). Turn ON the key switch while holding 3 buttons on the display down. When such
condition is maintained for about 2 seconds, the serviceman mode begins.
Once the serviceman mode begins, the software version and the number version
(for example,『01**』「no rEn」) are displayed.
①Then, with 3 pushes of display change
△
button,Password Entry Setting screen is displayed.
②With a push of display change

△
button, Password Setting screen is displayed.
③Under the condition that this display is indicated, with a push of display change
△
button again,
「Id-01」is displayed and if the password has not yet been stored,『- - - -』is displayed.
If there is no set value of password or in the case of『0000』『FFFF』,『- - - -』is displayed. For
your information, for the password, it is not allowed to use the same figure as『0000』or『FFFF』.
④Here, select which ID-* * you hope to set with display change
△
button.
IDs consist of 01 to 10. As a display, it is displayed as「Id-**」.『- - - -』. When the password has
been set already, the password using 0 to F is displayed. Password change is available through
retyping.
⑤Once the password selection completed, key in the password. With a push of display change
△
button,『0000』is displayed if the password has not yet been stored.
⑥With a push of display change

△
button, the leftmost digit blinks. The blinking digit becomes the
digit subject to setting.
⑦Whenever the display change

△
button is pushed, the displayed figure is added by one. The set

figure and alphabet are displayed from 0 to F. Then, with a push of display change
△
button again,
“0” returns. Select the desired figure and alphabet out of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, A, b, C, d, E and
F.
3-55
Check the set password
③ ←：button ② ①
←：button
→：M button
→：M button
④
　　ＩＤ－１０
＊＊＊＊：From 1 to 10
Setting the password (Select the figure) Set the password (Select the digit)
Displayed from higher order

□：Blinking place means the place subject to set value change.
←：button
⑤
□：Blinking
＊＊ ⑪
⑥ Store the password
↓：button
＊＊ →：Store the password by pushing
⑧ M button for 2 seconds or more
※
＊＊
＋１　：button When in F, with a push ↓：button

of ◁ button, 0 returns.
⑨
※※
＊＊
⑦ ※
＊＊ ↓：button
Indicated value changes by displayed value +1.
⑩
※＝０～Ｆ（Ｈ） ※※ ※
＊＊ ↑：button
Figure: Hexadecimal
Usable figures and alphabets include
０，１，２，３，４，５，６，７，８，９，Ａ，ｂ，Ｃ，ｄ，Ｅ，Ｆ
CAUTION
Setting prohibition conditions: Continuous simple figures such as 0000 FFFF cannot be stored.
The figure used in other ID cannot be stored. Error tone is issued at storage operation.
⑧Shift to the next digit is performed by pushing the display change

△
button. Select the desired

figure and alphabet with the manipulation similar to ⑦.
⑨Shift to the next digit is performed by pushing the display change

△

⑩Shift to the next digit is performed by pushing the display change

△

⑪Up to this, the entry of all 4 digits completed. When these 4 digits are OK, push the mode change M
button for 2 seconds or more.
When you hope to change the password, for the digit selection, return to ⑤ with the display change
△
button. In addition, the change of figure and alphabet in the password shall be made with the
display change
△
button according to the method ⑦.
Upon completion of password setting, with 2 pushes of mode change M button again, the screen of
① returns.
3-56
User Password Input Check
After the completion of respective setting, from the next turning ON of key switch, the following
password check screen is displayed.
R2.5
As this screen is displayed, key in the password set in advance. When the password is confirmed, the
starter becomes operable.
　Exposition of input　
Input method is the same as password setting ⑥ to ⑩. Here, for reasons of explanation, adapt the
figure with ○ to the some of password setting.
⑥The blinking digit becomes the digit subject to setting.
⑦Whenever the display change

△
button is pushed, the displayed figure is added by one. Set figures

and alphabets will be displayed from 0 to F through addition. Then, with a push of display change
△
button again, “0” returns.
Select the desired figure and alphabet. In the image explanation below, “0” was selected.
⑧Shift to the next digit is performed by pushing the display change

△

figure and alphabet with the manipulation similar to ⑦. In the image explanation below, “5” was
selected.
⑨Shift to the next digit is performed by pushing the display change

△

figure and alphabet with the manipulation similar to ⑦. In the image explanation below, “A” was
selected.
⑩Shift to the next digit is performed by pushing the display change

△

figure and alphabet with the manipulation similar to ⑦. In the image explanation below, “E” was
selected.
⑪Up to this, the entry of all 4 digits completed. When these 4 digits are OK, push the mode change M
button.
When you hope to change the password, for the digit selection, return to ⑥ with the display change
△
button. In addition, the change of figure and alphabet in the password shall be made with the
display change
△
button according to the method ⑦.
3-57
⑫When the password coincides with preset password, the display of ⑭ is indicated. Further, if it does
not accord, the display of ⑬ is indicated. In addition, when the password does not accord five times
or more, the description and display become ⑮.
　Manipulation when setting the password as 05AE by way of explanation

＊Display default = 0
　　　　　⑥ Password input position blinks and the value of password can be checked.
⑦
＊
↓：
　　　　　⑧
※：Changes from 0 to F
　　　　　⑪ ＊ With a push of ◁ button under F, 0 returns
NOTE:
Although it is OK to push ↓： ↑：
mode change M button when
input of all 4 digits has been
completed, if any one of 4 ＊
digits is not keyed in,
it is judged as error. ↓： □：Blinking
With a push of ◁ button, +1 is added. (From o to F)

⑫
Accords
Password comparison
When password check resulted in OK, OK display and
Does not accord ID with which accorded are displayed. Simultaneously, OK tone with beep is issued.
⑬ ⑭
This display remains ON until the engine starts.

When the engine start conditions are complete, normal display returns.
ＮＯ
Number of discords of
password 5 times or more?
ＹＥＳ
Discord of password by 5 times or more

⑮
leads to error tone and simultaneously,
beep continues until the key switch is
turned OFF. At that time, the display
‘EErP’ is indicated.
Effective time of password is up to 30 seconds after complete start of engine and when the engine is
not started, 30 seconds after turning OFF of the key switch. As the password remains effective for
such period, retry to start engine is available.
Password Setting for Serviceman

This is a setting that causes the password to be entered at the occasion of entering into the
serviceman mode.
This setting does not allow the entry into serviceman mode unless the password accords.
Making the setting of password entry

Identical with the section“Password Setting for User”, this function becomes effective by means of
OPT1 setting
(For the setting method, see the section“Password Setting for User”.)
3-58
How to count a bit
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　Bit
6 5 4 3 2 1 0
　　ＯＰＴ１　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　ＯＮ
0 0 0 1 0 0 0
Make the setting of password

Password for serviceman is fixed.
Password change is not available
Password is“5CC5”only.
3-59
[13] Simplified Load Meter (Maker Option)
Load meter display is an optional display function.
Rough load value can be measured.
CAUTION
● This is not an officially-certified load meter. Use the load value as a reference value tenaciously.
● As the mast pressure varies due to the inclination of mast, engine R.P.M., opening condition of
valve, running on the step while traveling, etc., there may be a case where the load value varies on
a measurement-by-measurement basis. When measurement is made at mast relief, the load value
becomes completely different.
● At the occasion of using this function, option setting and“0kg set”is required in advance.
Setting
Check that Option 2- (3 bit) is effective. If it is not set (1), set it. Further, check that the Option 2- (2 bit)
which determines Display/Not display the measured value of load meter has been set.
How to count a bit

　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit
　　ＯＰＴ２　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
※ ※ ※ 1 0 ※ ※ ON
　　　　　　※：0 or 1 Varies depending on the option selection

　　　　　　　　　　3 bit when it is 1: Load meter is displayed
　　　　　　　　　　2 bit when it is 1: Load meter is not displayed
　How to use the simplified load meter

This is a load meter to measure the estimated load. There is an error to the extent of several
percentages to several tens of percentage under defined condition. (※ 1. Variation exists depending on
the condition). Minimum measured load is 40kg (Less than 40kg is displayed as “0kg”). This function
converts the mast pressure into the load to display it on the display. Valid/Invalid of load meter is
selectable by pushing M button at the side of display. By turning the key switch “OFF” you can leave
from load measurement mode. Put the cargo on the fork and cause the fork to lift by about 30cm
from the floor. After several seconds, load measurement is displayed (※2). When the mast load varies
by 50kg or more, the load measurement is started.
　Mode Change between ordinary display and load measurement mode: Refer to the manipulation
image and example of display
・Ordinary display: After a short time from turning “ON” the key switch, Real Time Clock is
displayed.
・Ordinary display: In the case of with speedometer. When the truck starts to travel, the speedometer
display is indicated.
・When the load meter is selected, the display changes to Load Meter by pushing M button on the
lower right of display.
・By turning OFF the key switch, the initial condition returns. When the key switch is turned “ON”
next time, ordinary display returns. When you hope to measure the load again, manipulate the M
button.
3-60
　How to measure the load
１Have the object subject to measurement put on the center of pallet, etc. as much as possible.
２Scoop the pallet with fork so that the fork can enter in the pallet up to its root.
３Put the tilt angle to the perpendicular (※3) and lift the pallet from 30 to 40cm from the floor by the
accelerator manipulation (※4) to the extent that the cargo is lifted. When measurement is started,
“LoAD” is displayed.
４Ease up on the accelerator and wait for several seconds (※5) in idling.
５The load is displayed together with beep. Upon completion of measurement, “**** kg” is
displayed. (※6). Use the display of this time as a guide (※1)
６When measurement is made again, lower the cargo to the floor once and carry out the step 3 again (
※7).
７When driving the truck under this condition, the display changes to speedometer display. When
traveling is stopped, load meter display returns. (※8).
Manipulation image
Exposition of Real Time Clock display (with speedometer and load meter)
When the key switch stays “ON”
Ordinary display (Speedometer mode) Load meter mode
Real Time Clock M button Load
(Default screen) meter
①
① ②
M button
Load
Speedometer ① meter
①With speedometer ②With load meter
Key switch “ON”

M button: Switching with mode change button. Load meter mode
① Dotted line: Automatic display change when the traveling condition prevails.
② Measurement starts when measurement start conditions are complete, display change
Key switch “OFF”

Ordinary display returns
In the case of with speedometer

Condition that Real Time Clock display changes to speedometer display.
0km or more is displayed when the truck speed reaches 0.3km or more.
When the truck speed 0km continues for 2 seconds or more, Real Time Clock display returns.
In the case of speedometer + load meter

Conditions that Real Time Clock display changes to speedometer display
When the truck speed 0km continues for 2 seconds or more, Real Time Clock display returns.
In the case of speedometer + load meter after manipulation of M button

Conditions that load meter display changes to speedometer display
When the truck speed 0km continues for 2 seconds or more, load meter display returns.
3-61
Example of change in the display of real time clock, speedometer and load meter (With speedometer
and load meter)
《Real Time Clock display during not traveling after key switch “ON”》《Select the load measurement》
M button manipulation
Mode Change
Mode Change by means

of M button
《Display of In-measuring 》　※９
Switching of display due to traveling
《Speed meter display while travelling》
《Measurement determined》　
Load is displayed together with beep.
Exposition of arrow mark

Mode Change by means of M button
Automatic display change 《Travel ended. Truck stopped》
《Traveling after measurement》
There are 3 display types for the load meter by means of code 726. Select it according to the request.
　Initial value and recommendation are code 726 setting (1).
Set value Description

Convert the input value of mast pressure into the load. Equalize said value to
display it.
0
The load continues to vary with a change in the most pressure. Therefore,
the accuracy of load measurement is not so good.
When there is a change in the mast pressure (where there is a pressurization
and depressurization width), convert the input value of mast pressure into
1 the load. Equalize said value to display it. Load value after a constant time
Code 726 from the time when the mast pressure stabilizes to an extent is displayed
fixedly.
Load measurement pattern Fixed type (somewhat good accuracy compared
with 0 and 1). After the detection of the condition that the mast pressure
was lowered once, convert the input value of most pressure into the
2 load. By lifting up the mast after the mast was lowered completely once,
measurement pattern is fixed and its value is equalized to display it. Load
value after a constant time from the time when the mast pressure stabilizes
to an extent is displayed fixedly.
3-62
CAUTION
This function is a simplified load meter that measures the load by putting a cargo on a pallet, etc.
Never attempt to measure the body weight by putting a person on the fork as it is dangerous.
※１For the load, the mast pressure is converted into the load. Therefore, the error from several
percentages to several tens of percentage occurs depending on the load center of cargo, the way
of putting the cargo on the fork, tilt angle, engine and lift manipulation.
※２Too much lifting up of mast results in the deterioration of accuracy in the load measurement.
Make measurement under the condition that the cargo is lifted up by 30 to 40cm from the floor as
a guide.
※３If the tilt angle is not perpendicular, the accuracy in the load measurement diminishes. Start the
measurement after making the mast perpendicular as much as possible. In addition, the measuring
method to make the mast perpendicular after measurement can not attain good accuracy.
※４Too much stepping on the accelerator results in the deterioration of accuracy.
※５The load is displayed after several seconds from the time when the fluctuation of mast pressure
subsided and the load data stabilized. Standard setting is displayed 5 seconds after the data
stabilized.
※６Upon completion of measurement, its value is fixed. Therefore, even though the cargo is added
after completion of measurement, the load value is not added. When the cargo was added, make
measurement again.
※７For securing the measuring accuracy to an extent, make measurement while maintaining the
height from the floor constant. (Even if the lift is manipulated again, when there is a change in
the mast pressure of 50kg or more, remeasurement is started but the accuracy does not stabilize.)
※８If the truck travels after measurement, the speed display appears once, however, when traveling
stops, load meter display returns. Load measurement while traveling is not available.
※９If there is a change in the mast pressure of 50kg or more as a converted value into the load,
measurement starts. “LoAd” is displayed and measurement starts. As the condition while
“LoAd” is displayed represents the condition that the stabilization of load data is waited, if
cargo handling operation and increase/decrease of engine R.P.M. are performed under this
condition, the load measurement may take time or the load accuracy may bastardize extremely.
3-63
CAUTION
There may be a case where the measurement is started with the manner of operation other the
fixed one and the load is displayed. In the case of unusual operation, there may be a case where a
big error occurred. When a certain degree of data accuracy is requested, make measurement with
a fixed measuring method again.
When the fork is replaced, the attachment is mounted or replaced,“0kg”setting becomes
necessary. When replacing or retrofitting the fork or attachment, contact with the maker.
When the load is 40kg or less after the start of measurement and completion of measurement, it is
displayed as“0kg”. Low load cannot be measured.
Load measurement such as a cargo was added once the measurement completed is impossible.
However, depending on the conditions, measurement may be started, there may be a case where
the accuracy drops extremely.
When making the load measurement, make measurement after selection of load display. Switching
of load meter at some midpoint of cargo handling operation (manipulation of M button) may result
in poor load accuracy. (If the measurement mode is put while the cargo handling, or immediately
after the cargo handling, there may a case where the load with a big error is displayed. Make
measurement after the truck stabilized).
3-64
[14] Load Meter 0kg Set
Serviceman mode
【Load meter manual“0kg”adjustment】(Basically, use automatic 0kg adjustment)
This function causes the timing to store as 0kg to be stored manually. This is a mode that the
serviceman specifies the measurement timing. As the mast pressure is used, the pressure varies as time
advances. This function causes the mast pressure value corresponding to 0kg to be stored while watching
the actual changing condition.
１Have the mast made perpendicular and fork lowered to the floor with engine stayed “ON”
. (Inclined mast makes the error bigger. When certain degree of accuracy is required, it is
recommended to adjust the “0kg” with 90°±0.1°as a guide and make measurement with 90°±
0.1°as a guide as well.)
２Have SET screen invoked in advance and lift up the fork of the order of 30 to 40cm from the floor.
３Cause the value to be stored at adequate timing while watching A/D value.
This value is stored as “0kg”.
４Push M button to exit from the setting.
５Try to measure the load. (Refer to the section “Load meter”).

Reference of load meter:××× value is a raw reading of AD. It is displayed with HEX (hexadecimal
number). 1 bit means of the order of 7kg.
Store the data manual data reading (Timing) Check the stored value
Condition where the mask was
Determine the value to be stored Condition where the mast is lowered down to the floor. Manual load meter “0kg” setting
to store it while watching the SET lifted up 30 to 40cm from the *** Display of pressure sensor
value. ←：Push  button floor. stored value
for 2 seconds or
more ←：button ←：button
××× ××× →：Ｍ button ＊＊＊ →：M button

＊＊＊：Ｍ：After turning OFF M button once
××× A/D value at present time A/D value stored as
→：Ｍ button 0kg previously
A/D value:
×××
Value that the mast pressure was converted into the voltage
This value is calculated and displayed as “0kg”.
↓：Whenever M button is pushed, yES or no is displayed alternatively.
When storing the value, cause yES to be displayed and push M button to store it.
no: Not store the value
yES: Store the value
Up to this point, the setting of 0kg completed.
3-65
CAUTION
As a final check, it is necessary to use the basic load (For example 500kg) as a load, measure it
with this load meter to make fine adjustment of error by the use of code 738.
Select the corrected value from the value to be displayed on the load meter at this moment. For
example, when the display is made as 530kg, the corrected value is 500 / 530 = 0.94
For example, when the display is made as 465kg, 500/475 = 1.05
Serviceman code: Select code 738, 094 or 105 from code setting to make adjustment.
When performing load meter 0kg set or load measurement, for the purpose of making stabilized
measurement, use the truck keeping the hydraulic fluid temperature at around 45° .
When the hydraulic fluid temperature is low or it is extremely high, measuring accuracy may be
poor or repeated measurement may not stabilize.
3-66
Operator mode, serviceman mode
【Load meter automatic“0kg”adjustment】
This function judges the mast pressure value that hopes to make it as 0kg to cause it to be stored. This
is a mode where the controller determines the timing to make measurement automatically. As the mast
pressure is used, the pressure varies as time advances. This function causes the mast pressure value
corresponding to 0kg to be stored watching the actual changing condition.
１Start an engine and make the mast perpendicular with the fork and attachment to be used actually
mounted. (Inclined mast makes the error bigger. When certain degree of accuracy is required, it is
recommended to adjust “0kg” with 90°±0.1°as a guide and make measurement with 90°±0.1
°as a guide as well.)
２With a push of
△
button, load “0kg” set mode begins. The value to be displayed this time is the
value set as “0kg” previously.
３With a push of
△
button again, data for ”0kg”, that is to say the mast pressure reading starts.
４Rev up the engine R.P.M. to the extent of lifting up the cargo actually in the work. Keep the engine
R.P.M. as that time.
５Lift up the cargo with 30 to 50cm from the floor as a guide. (actual work procedure)
６After waiting for several minutes, ‘Lo 0’ kg is displayed and “0kg” set completed.
Reference of load meter: ××× value is a raw reading of AD. It is displayed with HEX (hexadecimal
number). 1 bit means of the order of 7kg.
Check the stored value

Automatic data reading (Timing) Condition where mast is lowered
down to the floor
*** Display of pressure sensor Automatic load meter “0kg” setting
stored value
←：button ←：button
＊＊＊
＊＊＊
In automatic “0kg” setting
Stored value of pressure sensor stored previously
Automatic measurement ←：button
Measuring for “0kg” set with →Automatic return →：M button
measuring condition is carried out Display of new data stored
In measuring
“0kg” set can be made as many times
×××
as you want if the measurement start
conditions are complete 　××× is AD reading
Newly stored ××× pressure sensor stored value
This value is calculated and displayed as “0kg”.
Up to this point, the setting of 0 kg completed.
3-67
CAUTION
As a final check, it is necessary to use the basic load (For example 500kg) as a load, measure it
with this load meter to make fine adjustment of error by the use of code 738.
Select the corrected value from the value to be displayed on the load meter at this moment. For
example, when the display is made as 530kg, the corrected value is 500 / 530 = 0.94
For example, when the display is made as 465kg, 500/475 = 1.05
Serviceman code: Select code 738, 094 or 105 from code setting to make adjustment.
When performing load meter 0kg set or load measurement, for the purpose of making stabilized
measurement, use the truck keeping the hydraulic fluid temperature at around 45° .
When the hydraulic fluid temperature is low or it is extremely high, measuring accuracy may be
poor or repeated measurement may not stabilize.
3-68
[15] Overload Alarm (Maker Option)
This is a function to issue an alarm when the load reaches specified load value or more. (Usable
only when the truck with mast pressure gauge).
There are 2 types as overload alarm.
CAUTION
As the overload measurement is based on the mast pressure value for load meter, there is an
error of several percentages to several tens percentages. As the mast pressure varies due to the
inclination of mast, engine R.P.M., opening condition of valve, running on the step while traveling,
etc., there may be a case where the alarm is issued or not issued where the load is at the bare
overload setting. When the load reaches the relief pressure, there may be a case where the alarm
operation does not stabilize due to unstable mast pressure. In the case of relief condition, the alarm
continues to be issued.
Type using standard display

１．It is possible to issue the alarm by the use of function and buzzer of standard display according to
the option setting. Overload alarm display and buzzer operation become effective on the display
according to the option setting.
Setting check
In the serviceman mode Option 2 setting
Check that option 2 - (3 bit) becomes set“1”. If it is not set, make it set“1”.
Check that option 2 - (2 bit) becomes reset“0”. If reset 0”is not set, reset it.
For the setting, refer to the section“Serviceman mode”.
How to count a bit

　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit
　　ＯＰＴ２　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
※ ※ ※ 1 0 ※ ※ ＯＮ
　　　　　　※： 0 or 1 varies depending on the option

　　　　　　　　 2 bit: Load meter display is prohibited.
　　　　　　　　 3 bit: With load meter
Setting
In addition to above option setting, by setting option 2 (6 bit) to set“1”, the overload alarm becomes
possible to operate by the use of standard display. However, in the case of VER100 it is necessary to set
(5 bit) to set“1”.
How to count a bit

In the case of VER100
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit
　　ＯＰＴ２　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
1 1 ※ 1 0 ※ ※ ＯＮ
3-69
In the case of VER101 and later
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit
　　ＯＰＴ２　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
1 ※ ※ 1 0 ※ ※ ＯＮ
　　　　　　※： 0 or 1 varies depending on the option

　　　　　　　　 2 bit: Load meter display is prohibited.
　　　　　　　　 3 bit: With load meter
　　　　　　　　　　+ Overload alarm tone beep, beep, beep － beep, beep, beep, beep_ ・・・under
　　　　　　　　　　overload condition
Overload value is set with code in the serviceman mode.

・Code 736 Load value to be taken as overload
・Code 737 Conditions to reset the overload (Amount of load change Value at how much load or less
the alarm is reset against the overload value)
External output type

２．It is possible to cause the external output overload alarm to activate by option setting (Maker
option)
CAUTION
Simultaneous selection together with speed alarm 2 is not allowed (Use is limited to either one)
Handling of this function is maker option.

As the external wiring and installation of equipment are necessary, for more information, confirm with
the maker.
Setting
In addition to the basic option setting of load mater, the external output type overload alarm becomes
operable by putting option 2 (5 bit) to set“1”.
How to count a bit

　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit
　　ＯＰＴ２　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
※ 1 ※ 1 0 ※ ※ ＯＮ
　　　　　　※：0 or 1 varies depending on the option

　　　　　　　　2 bit: Display of load meter is prohibited
　　　　　　　　1 bit: With load meter
Overload value is set with code in the serviceman mode.

・Code 736 Load value to be taken as overload
・Code 737 Conditions to reset the overload (Amount of load change Value at how much load or less
the alarm is reset against the overload value)
3-70
Connection image
12V line or
optional terminal
V-ECU
（Vehicle
　Controller） 102
Ｌg/Ｒ
Alarm
Relay
Alarm equipment
(according to buzzer
12V line or and lamp specification)
optional terminal
NEG (Body earth)
CAUTION
Dedicated harness, relay and alarm equipment become required separately according to the output
specification.Drive circuit of the printed circuit board has no sufficient capacity to turn ON or OFF
the lamps directly. Always use the relay at the connection point to open and close the lamps.
3-71
[16] Speedometer,Speed Alarm (Maker Option)
These are functions to display a speed and issue an alarm at specified speed. (Usable only the case with
speedometer)
There are 2 types of speed alarm.
1.This function allows issuing an alarm by the use of function and buzzer of standard display by option
setting.
Speed alarm display and buzzer operation become effective by the option setting.
CAUTION
● Installation of speed sensor to the transmission and dedicated harness are required separately.
● In the case of electronic controlled GAS/LPG engine vehicle with speed limit, installation of 　　
　dedicated sensor to the drop box is required.
Setting the speedometer

Make this setting when the standard speedometer is used.
However, in the case of electronic controlled GAS/LPG engine vehicle with speed limit, make its
setting referring to the section“Speed limit”.
Check that the option 0 － (3 bit) is set (it is set at“1”). If it is not set, set it.
Standard is with speedometer. For the setting, refer to the section“Serviceman mode”.

　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit
　　ＯＰＴ０　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　ＯＮ
※ ※ ※ 1 ※ ※ ※
　　　　　　　※：0 or 1 varies depending on the option.

　　　　　　　　　3 bit: With speedometer.
Setting the speed alarm

　Make this setting when the speed alarm is output with buzzer by the use of standard display.
　　Set the option 2 － (0 bit) to set“1”.
　How to count the bit

　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit
　　ＯＰＴ２　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ 1 ＯＮ

　　　　　　　　　0 bit: Standard buzzer, speed alarm by the use of display is selected
Setting the alarm speed

Code 720 in the serviceman mode: The same value as the speed alarm 1 set speed of speed alarm 1.
Settable speed 4 to 28km/h.
3-72
Motion in the event of alarm
Continuous buzzer tone and“So**km/h”display [Speed over →　S0 **km/h: ** denotes the traveling
speed]
Buzzer tone sounds upon the truck speed reaches the speed alarm set value.
Output is stopped when the truck speed lowered down to the speed alarm set value － 1km/h.Display
image when the speed over occurs (When alarm speed 1 is set at 10km/h).
Alarm is issued by th
　　　　　　　　　　　　＋　Continuous buzzer of display

　
As the adjustment of alarm sound volume is not available, when there is a request for the sound
volume, select the speed alarm of external output type. (Maker option)
２.It is possible to cause the alarm operation in 2 stages with the external output through the selection of
option speed alarm 1 and speed alarm 2.(Maker option)
For example, the lamp lights up at 10km/h, buzzer activates at 15km/h.

Handling of this function is a maker option.
As external wiring and installation of equipment are required, confirm with the maker.
Speed alarm 1
Setting
Option 0 setting in the serviceman mode
This setting is used when the speed alarm is output to the exterior.
Set the option 0 － (3, 4 bit) to set“1”.
How to count a bit

　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit
　　ＯＰＴ０　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
※ ※ 1 1 ※ ※ ※ ＯＮ
　　　　　　　※：0 or 1 varies depending on option.

　　　　　　　　　3 bit: With speedometer
　　　　　　　　　4: Speed meter alarm 1 is selected

Code 720 in the serviceman mode: Speed alarm 1 set speed
Settable speed is from 4 to 28km/h.
3-73
Connection image
12V line or
optional terminal
V-ECU
（Vehicle
Ｌg/Ｒ
Alarm
Relay
Alarm equipment
optional terminal
NEG (Body earth)
CAUTION
specification.
Speed alarm 2
CAUTION
Simultaneous selection together with overload alarm is not allowed (Use is limited to either one)
Setting
Set the option 0 － ( 3, 5 bit) to set“1”.
How to count a bit

　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit
　　ＯＰＴ０　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
※ 1 ※ 1 ※ ※ ※ ＯＮ
　　　　　　　※：0 or 1 varies depending on option.

　　　　　　　　　3 bit: With speedometer
　　　　　　　　　5: Speed meter alarm 2 is selected

Code 721 in the serviceman mode: Speed alarm 2 set speed
Settable speed is from 4 to 28km/h.
3-74
Connection image
12V line or
optional terminal
V-ECU
（Vehicle
Ｌg/Ｒ
Alarm
Relay
Alarm equipment
optional terminal
NEG (Body earth)
CAUTION
specification.Drive circuit of the printed circuit board has no sufficient capacity to turn ON or OFF
the lamps directly. Always use the relay at the connection point to open and close the lamps.
Reference
Set the option setting and code setting after reading the section of service mode in the
troubleshooting with caution.
3-75
[17] Speed Limit (Electronic controlled GAS/LPG engine) (Maker option)
This is a speed limit function of the electronic controlled GAS/LPG engine vehicle to be used when
hoping to place a limit on the maximum speed.
Making the setting of speed limit option and speed limit speed enables the speed limit.
Features and precautions in terms of vehicle

The speed limit device performs the operation to control the maximum speed, however, its effect
on the speed may appear depending on the road surface condition and vehicle situation. This is
not a device that allows the vehicle to continue to run always without error in the set speed.
The time required for the vehicle to reach the speed limit speed varies depending on the applied
load and road surface condition (hill-climbing angle).
There may be a case where the vehicle does not reach the speed limit speed depending on the
applied load and road surface condition (hill-climbing angle).
There may be a case where the vehicle reaches the speed more than speed limit speed due to the
applied load and road surface condition (downhill).
In the case where the vehicle runs straight-ahead after turning run, there may be a case where the
vehicle reaches the speed more than speed limit speed.
When the set speed for the speed limit is low, there may be a case where the acceleration in
turning is higher than acceleration in straight-ahead. (In the case of setting when the customized-
specification speed limit is 8km/h or less).
When the vehicle runs with high engine speed due to the cargo handling operation, simultaneous
operation, etc., there may be a case where the vehicle reaches the speed more than limit speed.
Cautions in the speed limit specification

In the case of vehicle with speed limit, we make it a rule to run at the speed actually lower than
the set speed by about 5% taking the shade of meaning of the speed limit into account.
If the vehicle setting codes 700 through 704 and 706 do not coincide with vehicle, the difference
may develop between speed limit speed and actual speed. Don’t try to throw the settings
of codes 700 through 704 and 706 into disorder including check operation intentionally as it is
dangerous. Such attempt leads to the malfunction of engine, controller breakage, and faulty
operation of speed limit and malfunction of respective devices.
Cautions in the speed limit customized specification

In the case of customized specification with the degree of speed limit setting other than 8km/
h to 20km/h, codes 707 and 708 are displayed as“ - - -“. In this case, if the change was made
to the setting of the codes 707 and 708,　return to the customized specification gets impossible.
Please take note that the adjustment to the degree of setting will be limited to the range from
standard 8km/h to 15km/h and 8km/h to 20km/h. When the setting was changed, replacement
of controller and resetting of controller will become required and adjustment cost accrues.
(Customized speed limit setting controller).
Customized speed limit setting controller: Always specify the speed limit speed [set km/h] at
arrangement.
3-76
Option No./Code No.
Bit/Set value
【OPT (Option) Setting】

Speed limit
Enabling the speed limit requires the connection of speed sensor, (switch), harness to ECM (Engine
controller) and then making the setting of V-ECU (Vehicle controller).
CAUTION
Speed limit does not function unless the setting has been made
Make the setting of optional selection OPT4 in agreement with following table from the serviceman
mode.
Speed limi　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　[bit]
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Meaning
Electronic controlled GAS/LPG engine
　　ＯＰＴ４ 1 1 ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ Speed limit specification (Standard setting
of shipped vehicle)
Note: Don’t tamper the setting without a
　　ＯＰＴ４ 1 1 ※ ※ ※ 1 1 permit. Never change the setting of shaded
area
　　　　　　　※：0 or 1 varies depending on option
Speed meter
Setting when the speedometer is used on electronic controlled GAS/LPG engine vehicle with speed limit.
Speed limit Speedometer specification　　　　　　[bit]
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Meaning
　　
ＯＰＴ０ ※ ※ ※ 1 ※ ※ ※ Set together with following OPT4
　　ＯＰＴ４ Usable as a set with OPT0

1 1 1 ※ ※ ※ ※
Speed limit speedometer specification
　　　　　　　※：0 or 1 varies depending on option
CAUTION
For the electronic controlled GAS/LPG engine vehicle with speed limit, installation of sensor
exclusive to the speed limit to the drop box portion and dedicated harness are required.
When the optional speed alarm is selected for the electronic controlled GAS/LPG engine vehicle
with speed limit, the setting of this speedometer is always required.
3-77
Making the settings of speed limit
Make the settings of code 700 series in agreement with following table from the serviceman mode.
Selectable
Code Default Description Selected/set value Supplemental remarks
values
To be added by 1 Road Speed target 1 8km/h to 15km/h
Set speed of speed
707 8～15 10 RST1 (Speed limit Note: When “- - -“ is displayed,
limit 1 [km/h]
value 1) customized set speed
ROAD Speed target 2 8km/h to 20km/
To be added by 1 h
Set speed of speed
708 8～20 15 RST2 (Speed limit Note: When “---“ is displayed,
limit 2 [km/h]
value 2) the speed becomes the speed of
customized setting.
CAUTIONS
When the setting of customized specification has been made, the indication of set speed code of
speed limit 707 and 708 is displayed as“- - -“. Under this condition if the setting is changed, the
adjustment is available only in the range from 8 to 20km/h. Therefore, don’t change the setting
without careful consideration. Customized specification: Speed limit speeds are 7km/h, 21km/h,
etc.
Speed limit speed correction

In the case of vehicle equipped with speed limit, we make it a rule to run at the speed actually lower
than the set speed by about 5% taking the shade of meaning of the speed limit into account.
It is possible to correct the speed limit speed when a variation in speed occurs against the actual
measurement of vehicle (worn-out tire).
Selectable
values
To be added by 2 Factor for speed limit correction of
Correction value of Adjustment factor electronic controlled GAS/LPG engine
709 80～120 100
speed limit speed (Selected value of vehicle when OPT4 1100000 was
code 709 x 0.01) selected.
CAUTIONS
Decide on the factor after actual speed was checked. Selection of proper correction value may
result in slower or faster than actual speed. You are recommended not to change the set value if
the quantity of error is a little. For the setting in the direction of speed-up (more than 100), carry
out said setting upon ample studies.
3-78
Speed meter correction
When the speed meter indication and speed limit speed don’t accord, when the indicated value is lower
or higher, it is possible to correct the speed meter indication.
Selectable
values
When the speed indication is higher or
Adjustment to the
lower than the actual measurement,
719 90～115 100 value indicated on To be added by 1
correction is made with factor to
the speed meter
perform proper speed indication.
CAUTION
Value on the speed meter is the one of which fractional portion was rounded off. Therefore, the
indication error of ± 1km/h can occur.
Normally, the value indicated on the speed meter is higher than actual measurement. (Taking the
safety into account, if the speed indication is higher than actual measurement, don’t change the
setting).
Error check
Use the error code to be indicated on the display as a reference to estimate the defective point. Eliminate
the cause of error from said point to allow the vehicle to operate normally.
Speed limit exclusive to electronic controlled GAS/LPG engine

Sensing
Factor & Item to be
Error Code Malfunction to be detected by ECM Malfunction element/
checked
Classification
Transmission failure occurred in the
CAN communication within system CAN CAN communication wire
ErrE330 Communication ECM/Engine & connection defects
Reception failure occurred in the failure VCU defect
CAN communication within system
RSL date
No VCU data, VCU
failure
There is no CAN communication defect, Poor CAN
ErrE332 (Running speed ECM/Engine
signal for vehicle speed communication wire &
limit setting
connection defects
data)
5V output voltage to sensor stays Transmitter/
ErrE356
high Receiver
signal failure WH & connection defects
ECM/Engine
5V output voltage to sensor stays among ECM ECM defect
ErrE357 and respective
low
sensors
Supplemental remarks: For the following components, see the section“Electrical System (Electronic
Controlled Engine).
ECM Engine controller MAP(S) Manifold absolute pressure CAN CAN Communication network
TPS Throttle position sensor ECT(S) Engine coolant temperature (Sensor) RSL Running speed limiter
VSS Vehicle speed sensor CPS Camshaft position sensor FBC Feedback control
IAT(S) Intake air temperature (Sensor)
3-79
ECM (Engine Controller) error history (Electronic controlled GAS/LPG engine)
【Checking method when converting the CAN data to be sent from engine controller into the error code
to store the date & time when error occurred and hour meter readings when error occurred.】
As up to 10 error numbers, date & time when error occurred, hour meter readings when error occurred
are stored, they are usable for the failure analysis of controller.
In the maintenance of
serviceman mode
For the meaning of error code, see the error code

When the error occurred in a row, the arrangement not to store the continuous error is made.
For example, when the same error occurs continuously in the same day, same time continuously,
and the arrangement is made to store the time when the last error occurred.
OPT4 6bit is set to 1

OPT (1)000000
When setting of OPT4 6 bit 1 is valid
button
Engine controller Engine controller Engine controller YES

Check date & time when error Check hour meter when error Check error occurredoccurred
occurred occurred OPT4 6 bit stays 1
To be displayed from “no. 0”
Up to 10 errors are stored
New one becomes 0
Time when error occurred ←：button NO
To be displayed as ErrE3**
Shift from selected →：Ｍ button
Shift from selected error number
button
error number ←：button ↓：button
←：button
→：Ｍ button
↓：ボタン
↓：button
→：Ｍ button
↓：ボタン
＊ ↓：button
↑：button
↑：button
Day ＊
Month ＊：Error number
Last 2 digits of the ＊：０～９
Christian era Hour meter time when error occurred
Sequential number of error No indication of error code when there is no error
＊：０～９ (24)Connection image 1 (STD)
Connection image 1 (STD)
Vehicle controller
SET　OPT4（6,5,4,bit）
V-ECU ver108 or later
SET　707or708
12V line or optional

terminal
OPTION
Engine controller CONNECTOR
ECM GoV1 3
GoV2 4
Speed Sensor
Connect GoV1 speed limit 1 or GoV2 speed limit 2
(Note: When GoV1 and GoV2 are connected simultaneously,
engine speed becomes fixed at 800 rpm)
3-80
SET　707or708
降
12Vライン又は
オプション端子
OPTION
エンジンコントローラ CONNECTOR
ＥＣＭ GoV1 3
GoV2 4
CAUTIONS
GoV1　スピードリミット１又はGoV2　スピードリミット２どちらかを接続
Speed Sensor （注意：同時接続時エンジン回転数８００rpm固定となります。）
When using the speed limit (STD)

● For the electronic controlled GAS/LPG engine vehicle with speed limit, installation of sensor
exclusive to speed limit to the drop box portion and dedicated harness are required.
● Connection to ECM GoV1 or GoV2 is necessary depending on the specification
● When the speed limit is used, setting of OPT4, check and setting of codes 706 & 707 or 708 & 709
are required.
Connection image 2(High/low selection)
Vehicle controller
SET　OPT4（6,5,4,bit）
V-ECU Ver108 or later
SET　707or708
12V line or optional

terminal
OPTION See-saw type switch
Engine controller CONNECTOR
ECM GoV1 3 Speed limit 1
GoV2 4 Speed limit ２
Speed Sensor
(Reference: When GoV1 and GoV2 are turned ON simultaneously
= when the switches of speed limits 1 & 2 are turned ON simultaneously,
engine revolutions become fixed at 800rpm.
Signal name Name Settable speed range

ＧｏＶ１ Speed limit 1 8km/h ～ 15km/h
ＧｏＶ２ Speed limit 2 8km/h ～ 20km/h
CAUTIONS
・When the speed limit speed is 15km/h or more, use the speed limit 2 of GoV2.
・When the speed limit falling outside of optional order-capable setting is requested, speed limit will
become special order.
・In the case of special specification, use the input of GoV2. Setting change prohibited specification.
CAUTIONS
When using the speed limit (high/low)
● For the electronic controlled GAS/LPG engine vehicle with speed limit, installation of sensor
exclusive to speed limit to the drop box portion and dedicated harness are required.
● Connection to ECM GoV1 or GoV2 is necessary depending on the specification
● When using the speed limit high/low, speed limit selector switch is necessary
● When the speed limit is used, setting of OPT4, check and setting of codes 706 & 707 or 708 & 709
are necessary.
3-81
[18] Winker Operating Tone (Maker Option)
Buzzer sounds in synchronization with winker operation.
As the beep is issued in synchronization with winker operation, this tone can be used for the check of
winker operating and winker OFF reminder.
Setting
Set the option 0 － (6 bit).
CAUTION
External dedicated wiring becomes necessary.
How to count a bit

　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　Bit
6 5 4 3 2 1 0
　　ＯＰＴ０　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　ＯＮ
1 ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※
　　　　　　　※：0 o r 1 varies depending on the option.
Connection image
FLASHER　UNIT
V-ECU
（Vehicle ＴＢＴＵＲＮ　ＳＷ.
　Controller）
100　Ｌ
SP　ＩＮ
ＴＬＴＲ
ＬＰ RP
CAUTION
Simultaneous selection together with maker option load totalizing meter is not available.
3-82
[19] Load Totalizing Meter (Maker Option)
This is a load totalizing function being usable with load meter as a set.
With a push of load addition (storage) switch, the value displayed in the load meter is added and stored.
Setting
Set the option 2-3 and 4.
CAUTION
External dedicated wiring and load addition (storage) dedicated switch becomes necessary.
How to count a bit

　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　Bit
6 5 4 3 2 1 0
　　ＯＰＴ２　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　ＯＮ
※ ※ １１ ※ ※ ※
　　　　　　　※：1or 0 varies depending on the option.
Connection image
Variety of power
lines
V-ECU
（Vehicle Load addition (Storage) switch
　Controller）
SP　ＩＮ 100　Ｌ
CAUTION
Simultaneous selection together with maker option winker operating tone is not available.
3-83
[20] Fork Automatic Horizontal Stop (RTV) Device (Maker option)
This is a device to stop the fork in the vicinity of prestored horizontal position automatically or activate
the lamp or buzzer automatically.
Basic components: Cargo handling interlocking solenoid: Safety solenoid (or Unload solenoid)
Fork horizontal stop button (Tilt lever button)
Tilt lever sensor: For the detection of tilt lever operation amount
Tilt angle sensor: For the detection of tilt angle
V-ECU communication line connection harness
RTV-ECU ASSY (Fork horizontal stop controller) / Harness
　V-ECU (Vehicle) controller basic setting

　 Serviceman mode in SET1
　 Setting for fork horizontal
CAUTION
Fork horizontal stop device is a device to stop the fork at prestored position and this does not mean
that the fork stops in the horizontal position relative to the road or the fork stops at the horizontal
position relative to the truck.
When the fork stop position is stored as a horizontal position relative to the ground,
: The fork stops at the position close to horizontal relative to the ground.
When the fork stop position is stored as a horizontal position relative to the truck
：The fork stops at the position close to horizontal relative to the truck.
　Synonym：
Cargo handling interlocking solenoid = Safety solenoid = Mast unload solenoid + Mast lowering
prohibition solenoid
Fork horizontal stop button = Tilt lever button
V-ECU ASSY = Vehicle controller
RTV-ECU ASSY = Fork horizontal stop controller
Short circuit: Short
Break = Open
Check the soft version for fork horizontal stop controller
When the serviceman mode begins, normally the software version of V-ECU (Vehicle) controller is
displayed. For the usage, etc., check them with troubleshooting.
Option setting version of option controller to be connected is displayed by selecting the option
controller function with OPT5 setting and check of each version becomes possible.
Version display of option controller related

In Serviceman mode check
3-84
V-ECU (Vehicle) controller, Soft version display
Option controller non-setting, non-connection
Initial screen Soft version of V-ECU controller is displayed
Serviceman mode
Example: ‘0106’
＊＊ V-ECU controller
Software VER106
(Version display)
＊＊：Varies depending on VER (Version)
RTV-ECU ASSY fork horizontal stop controller, Soft version display

Fork horizontal stop controller setting, connection
Initial Screen: Soft version of V-ECU controller and Soft version of
RTV-ECU ASSY are displayed.
Serviceman mode
Serviceman mode
＊＊ Other option
＊＊
Controller VER display ※1
（Version display） Example: ‘103’ RTV-ECU=Fork
horizontal stop controller Soft
version 103
＊＊：Varies depending on VER (Version)
CAN : Controller Area Network
※１　Simultaneous installation of E-HYD Controller and this RTV-ECU (Fork horizontal stop) controller
　　　 is impossible.
Make adjustment and setting of controller
　【How to set OPT (Option) 5】

For enabling RTV-ECU, after connection of RTV-ECU controller, setting of V-ECU controller
becomes necessary.
Note: If OPT 5 is not yet set, there may be a case where RTV-ECU setting screen does not appear in
the Serviceman mode or a variety of RTV-ECU functions do not activate.
Make setting of OPT5 of option selection in agreement with the following table from Serviceman
mode.
3-85
　Description Set OPT5“1000000”of V-ECU controller
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　［bit］
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Meaning
　　 1 ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ ※ Fork horizontal stop specification
　【How to set code d00 series】

Description of setting: Refer to the controller setting code table.
Codes from d00 to d07 mean that they are settable code.
As the code varies +1 whenever the display change (
△
) button is pushed, carry forward the code
number to the one that you hope to set.
Once the selection of code number that you hope to set completed, with a push of display change (
△
) button, the setting code is determined.

After determination of setting code, with a push of display change (
△
button, the set value of each
code varies. Repeated manipulation of display change buttons causes the initial screen to 　　　　
return.
As the set value varies in the addition direction only, when passed over the target value once,
continue to manipulate the button until such value is displayed next.
For the set value, the step width varies depending on the adjustment item.
If the set value is not yet stored, when the value that you should set becomes unknown, etc., the
value returns to the before-manipulation value.
3-86
Setting width and setting amount Serviceman mode in SET1 (set)
Displayed from ‘NO’. varies depending on aa
Setting for fork horizontal stop Code d00
←：button
×××
button ←：Push ◁ button button button

　 for 2 seconds or more ←：button
button →：Ｍ button button →：Ｍ button button →：Ｍ button

Adjust
button
××× ×××
When option is effective Fork horizontal

Setting width and setting amount stop is selected
Displayed from ‘NO’. varies depending on aa
with OP5
AdJU( )00
A: Proportional solenoid valve
××× ※※※※
d: Simplified fork horizontal
button ←：Push ◁ button button button
　 for 2 seconds or more ←：button ←：button
button →：Ｍ button button →：Ｍ button button →：M button
××× ××× ※※※※
※　Store into the

RTV-ECU
controller.
※　 It is displayed when data is stored into the controller.
To
3-87
Fork horizontal stop Controller setting Code d00
　　Fork horizontal stop

Selectable
Code Default Description Selection/Set value Supplemental remarks
value
Selected value of stop
direction Forward inclined Forward inclined
0
horizontal stop（Vertical horizontal stop selected
area stop ）
Selected value of stop There is a tilting
direction Forward inclined Forward inclined operation direction
d00 1 0
horizontal stop（Backward horizontal stop selected designation. Backward
inclining always operable ） inclining always operable
Selected value of stop
Forward/Backward
direction Forward inclined
2 inclined horizontal stop
horizontal stop（Bidirectional
selected
horizontal stop ）
-8～0～ Stop position corrected value
d01 0 Selected in series
+8 at forward inclined stop
-8～0～ Stop position corrected value
d02 0 Selected in series
+8 at backward inclined stop
Horizontal position lamp
lighting area (Display
Horizontal position display range). Designate the
d03 0～+10 2 Added by one
corrected value area to be displayed
in terms of horizontal
position
With horizontal stop
0 Standard operation
operation selected
To be used when
d04 0 Horizontal stop cancel horizontal stop operation
With horizontal stop
1 selected (only display and is not necessary and
operation selected
buzzer output are effective) only horizontal display is
necessary
3-88
Selectable
Code Default Description Selection/Set value Supplemental remarks
value
Without buzzer output
0 Buzzer output setting OFF
selected
d05 0
With buzzer output To be used for operating
1 Buzzer output setting ON
selected tone and alarm, etc.
Horizontal display output Without horizontal
0
setting OFF display output selected
d06 0 To be used for horizontal
Horizontal display output With horizontal display
1 position lamp lighting
setting ON output selected
display
Judged load value when Judged load value when
model information can not model information can
d07 250 250 250kg
be obtained from V-ECU not be obtained from
controller V-ECU controller
【How to check the fork horizontal stop error】

Refer to the section“Serviceman mode”
Serviceman mode in nAnT (Maintenance)
Displayed from ‘no 0’ Error for fork horizontal stop Errd**

Errors are stored up to 10 New one becomes No0
→：button
←：Ｍ button
button Shift from error number having button

been selected Error history
←：button button
→：Ｍ button
button button
button
＊
＊：Error number button button

button
Hour Meter time in the event of error occurrence
＊
＊：０～９
No error code display if there is no error
button
When option is effective Fork horizontal

stop was selected
with OPT5
NO
Errors are stores up to 5 Displayed from “no 0’
←：button
→：Ｍ button
button button
←：button
→：Ｍ button
button button
button
button
＊＊

※ For the option controller including RTV-ECU, etc., there is
no date data when error occurred. It is stored in Hour Meter.
3-89
Displayed from ‘no’
←： button for 2 seconds or more

←： button for 2 seconds or more In ReSE of Serviceman mode
Same as ordinary error memory
※ For the option controller including RTV-ECU, etc., there is
no date data when error occurred. It is stored in Hour Meter.
【How to reset the fork horizontal stop error】

Refer to the section Serviceman mode”
Displayed from ‘no’
←： button for 2 seconds or more

←： button for 2 seconds or more In ReSE of Serviceman mode
Same as ordinary error memory
button →：Ｍ button
resetting operation
→：Ｍ button
button
button
Error history clear processing
to the option controller is
underway
Option error
‘no *’ *: 5 errors from 0 to 4
3-90
Fork Horizontal Stop Error Code Table
Error code Description Sensing element Classification Remarks
Tilt Angle Sensor Fault

RTV-ECU ASSY
Sensor open, sensor out of Tilt angle
『ErrCd00』 (Fork horizontal
operating range (Sensor sensor
stop controller)
power side or GND short)
Sensor Power Fault Power Tilt angle

『ErrCd01』 ↑
short sensor
Tilt angle speed is changing Cargo Tilt sensor activates even

『ErrCd02』 even though tilt level is put ↑ handling / though the tilt is not
in the Neutral position Tilt manipulated
Other Controller Fault

『ErrCd03』 ↑ Others
(EEPROM fault)
CAN : Controller Area

『ErrCd04』 CAN Communication Fault ↑ Others
Network
『ErrCd05』 Not used
Tilt Lever Sensor Fault,

Sensor open, sensor falling
『ErrCd06』 ↑ Manipulation
outside of operating range
(GND short)
Tilt Lever Sensor Fault

Sensor falling outside of
operating range (Sensor
power side short)
When the fork horizontal

stop switch stays ON for
30 seconds continuously
Fork Horizontal Stop while the key switch
Button Contact Failure stays ON. Compatible
from software for fork
horizontal stop VER104
and later
　Short circuit = Short

　Break = Open
3-91
【How to store the horizontal stop position】
Fork automatic horizontal stop device
In consideration of fork change and inclination of road surface, when you hope to change the fork
horizontal stop position, it is possible to change the fork stop position.
　１，1 By the use of tilt lever, adjust the tilt to the position where you hope to stop it actually.
　　　　　Horizontal position lamp lighting area

Fig.1-1
Tilt lever
Fork horizontal stop button
NC side button type

NC: Normal close
NO Red button type
NO: Normal close
Fig 1-2
　２，Turn OFF the key once at such position to stop an engine.
　３，Turn ON the key while holding the fork horizontal stop button of tilt lever down.
　　　When the fork horizontal stop button is continued to be pushed for 10 seconds without change,
　　　buzzer tone sounds and storage of horizontal position completed.
ADVICE
There is nothing wrong with not starting an engine
　４，Turn OFF the key once.

　５，Turn ON the key again, start an engine and check the fork horizontal operation.
　６，When the fork does not stop at intended position, store the stop position from 1 again.。
CAUTION
Stop position may deviate slightly due to with/without load and tilt speed.
Fork horizontal stop device is a device to stop the fork at prestored position and does not mean
that the fork stops in the horizontal position relative to the road or the fork stops at the horizontal
position relative to the truck.
When the fork stop position is stored as a horizontal position relative to the ground,
　　　　　　　　　　　: The fork stops at the position close to horizontal relative to the ground.
When the fork stop position is stored as a horizontal position relative to the truck
　　　　　　　　　　　：The fork stops at the position close to horizontal relative to the truck.
3-92
[21] E-HYD (Electronic Hydraulic Controls) (Maker option)
This is a device to operate the loading with the mini lever assembled to a special seat.
Basic components:
・Proportional solenoid valve 3 or 4 spools
・Special seat for mini lever　※1
・Mini lever　※ 2
・E-HYD controller/wire harness
・Wire harness for V-ECU communication line
※ 1：The analog seat sensor is built into the seat only for the mini lever.
※ 2：In the mini lever (CAN lever), there are 3 or 4 spools specification and 2 action specification.
CAUTION
Simultaneous installation of E-HYD Controller and RTV-ECU (Fork horizontal stop) controller is
impossible.
Check the software version for E-HYD controller

When the serviceman mode begins, normally the software version of V-ECU (Vehicle) controller is
displayed.
V-ECU controller and E-HYD controller's soft versions come to be displayed when the E-HYD
controller is connected and V-ECU controller's optional function OPT5 is set, and it is possible to
confirm it.
＊＊ Software version of V-ECU controller

　＊＊ Software version of E-HYD controller
Example 「oP 0103」：　E-HYD controller software version 103
＊＊: Varies depending on version
3-93
How to set V-ECU controller's optional function OPT5
The V-ECU controller setting is necessary to enable E-HYD after the connection of E-HYD controller.
Optional function OPT5 of the controller setting is set in the serviceman mode according to the table
below.
Note
If OPT 5 is not yet set, there may be a case where E-HYD setting screen does not appear in the
Serviceman mode or a variety of E-HYD functions do not activate.
If complete parts are not connected when the bit has selected it, the error is displayed.
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　［bit］　　　　　　　　　　(If the bit is set to 1, the function becomes effective.)

　ＯＰＴ５ 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Meaning Description
　『0000001』 When the mini lever with 2 action button

1 2 action
is installed, it keeps effective.
　『0000010』 Proportional solenoid When 3 spools mini lever is installed, it

1
valve 3 spools keeps effective.
　『0000100』 Proportional solenoid When 4 spools mini lever is installed, it

1
valve 4 spools keeps effective.
When mini lever is installed, it keeps
　『0100000』 1 Analog seat sensor
effective.
　Example of setting
『０１００１０１』：When installing 4 spools mini lever with 2 action button
『０１０００１０』：When installing 3 spools mini lever (without 2 action button)
How to set code A00 series

Refer to E-HYD controller setting code table.
As the code varies +1 whenever the display change

△
button is pushed, carry forward the code

number to the one that you hope to set.
Once the selection of code number that you hope to set completed, with a push of display change
△
button, the setting code is determined.

After determination of setting code, with a push of display change
△
button, the set value of each

code varies.
Repeated manipulation of display change buttons causes the initial screen to return.
As the set value varies in the addition direction only, when passed over the target value once, continue
to manipulate the button until such value is displayed next.
For the set value, the step width varies depending on the adjustment item.
If the set value is not yet stored, when the value that you should set becomes unknown, etc., the value
returns to the before-manipulation value.
3-94
From "SET1 AｄJUST"
Service-man Mode
button
If OPT5 exist
 button
××× ※※※※
more than 2 sec.

button ←： button button ←： button button
button button →：Ｍ button button

→：Ｍ button
M buton
××× ××× ※※※※
Same as A00 setting
Same as A00 setting
Same as A00 setting
3-95
E-HYD Controller setting Code A00
Code number It is displayed in this area.
Set value It is displayed in this area.
Setting for 1st spool of Proportional solenoid valve

value value
Side A, start current Sequential Increase/decrease adjustment of
A00 -16 ～ 16 0
adjustment value selection side A (lift up) start current
Side A, maximum
Sequential Decrease adjustment of side A (lift
A01 -20 ～ 0 0 current adjustment
selection up) maximum current
value
Shock-less amount adjustment when
A02 1 ～ 60 40 Side A, shock-less stop Add by 1 each
side A (lift up) stop
Side A, shock-less Shock-less amount adjustment when
A03 1 ～ 60 40 Add by 1 each
action side A (lift up) start
Side B, start current Sequential Increase/decrease adjustment of
A04 -16 ～ 16 0
adjustment value selection side B (lift down) start current
Side B, maximum
Sequential Decrease adjustment of side B (lift
selection down) maximum current
value
A06 1 ～ 60 40 Side B, shock-less stop Add by 1 each
side B (lift down) stop
Side B, shock-less Shock-less amount adjustment when
A07 1 ～ 60 40 Add by 1 each
action side B (lift down) start
Setting for 2nd spool of Proportional solenoid valve

value value
A10 -16 ～ 16 0
adjustment value selection side A (tilt back) start current
Side A, maximum
Sequential Decrease adjustment of side A (tilt
selection back) maximum current
value
A12 1 ～ 60 40 Add by 1 each
stop side A (tilt back) stop
A13 1 ～ 60 40 Add by 1 each
action side A (tilt back) start
A14 -16 ～ 16 0
adjustment value selection side B (tilt forward) start current
Side B, maximum
Sequential Decrease adjustment of side B (tilt
selection forward) maximum current
value
side B (tilt forward) stop
3-96
value value
A17 1 ～ 60 40 Add by 1 each
action side B (tilt forward) start
Setting for 3rd spool of Proportional solenoid valve
value value
A20 -16 ～ 16 0
adjustment value selection side A start current
Side A, maximum
Sequential Decrease adjustment of side A
selection maximum current
value
side A stop
A23 1 ～ 60 40 Add by 1 each
action side A start
A24 -16 ～ 16 0
adjustment value selection side B start current
Side B, maximum
Sequential Decrease adjustment of side B
value
side B stop
A27 1 ～ 60 40 Add by 1 each
action side B start
Setting for 4th spool of Proportional solenoid valve
value value
A30 -16 ～ 16 0
adjustment value selection side A start current
Side A, maximum
Sequential Decrease adjustment of side A
value
side A stop
A33 1 ～ 60 40 Add by 1 each
action side A start
A34 -16 ～ 16 0
adjustment value selection side B start current
Side B, maximum
Sequential Decrease adjustment of side B
value
side B stop
A37 1 ～ 60 40 Add by 1 each
action side B start
3-97
2 action function when unclamping is operated
This is a function to prevent luggage being dropped, when the mini lever is touched without intending
it.
When the attachment is unclamped (opened), the unclamping operation becomes possible by pushing 2
action button once.
Note
Optional funtion OPT5 setting of V-ECU controller is necessary to enable E-HYD, after the
installation of Mini lever with 2 action button.
Operation explanation:
The unclamping operation must be started within four seconds after 2 action button is pushed.
The unclamping operation is possible until the lever is returned to a neutral position.
2 action function returns effectively when the lever returns to a neutral position.
Even if the lever is operated as long as 2 action button is not pushed again, the unclamping operation
cannot be done.
3rd Mini lever

2 action button for 3rd
spool 4th Mini lever
2 action button for 4th

spool
Mini lever witn 2 action button
3-98
How to check E-HYD error
Refer to the section "serviceman mode".
From "nAnt CErTIFy"

Service-man Mode
button
button
button
If OPT5 exist
Errors are stores up to 5.
Displayed from "no 0".
←： button
→：Ｍ button
button button
←： button
→：Ｍ button
button
button
＊＊
button button

※ For E-HYD controller, there is no date data when error occurred. It is stored in Hour Meter.
How to reset E-HYD error

Refer to the section "Memory data reset in the serviceman mode".
3-99
E-HYD Controller Error Code Table
An error of sensor family is always judged and automatic reset is made when the error disappeared.
Sensing
Error code Description Classification Remarks
element
CAN communication line down, No data
『ErCA000』 Others
communication
Power line off of proportional solenoid
『ErCA001』
valve, Fuse cut
『ErCA002』 Relay coil for power supply, Short
『ErCA003』 Relay coil for power supply, Open
Lift up side proportional solenoid valve,
『ErCA004』
Short
Lift up side proportional solenoid valve,
『ErCA005』
Open
Lift down side proportional solenoid valve,
『ErCA006』
Short
Lift down side proportional solenoid valve,
『ErCA007』
Open
Tilt back side proportional solenoid valve,
『ErCA008』
Short
Tilt back side proportional solenoid valve,
『ErCA009』
Open
Tilt forward side proportional solenoid
『ErCA010』 E-HYD
valve, Short
Controller Cargo
Tilt forward side proportional solenoid
『ErCA011』 handling
valve, Open
ATT1 side A proportional solenoid valve,
『ErCA012』
Short
『ErCA013』
Open
ATT1 side B proportional solenoid valve,
『ErCA014』
Short
『ErCA015』
Open
『ErCA016』
Short
『ErCA017』
Open
『ErCA018』
Short
『ErCA019』
Open
『ErCA020』 C1 solenoid, Short
『ErCA021』 C1 solenoid, Open E-HYD
Sensor
『ErCA022』 Not used Controller
『ErCA023』 Analog seat sensor output error, Short E-HYD
Sensor
『ErCA024』 Analog seat sensor output error, Open Controller
3-100
Sensing
Error code Description Classification Remarks
element
『ErCA025』 EEPROM memory, Writing error E-HYD
Sensor
『ErCA026』 EEPROM memory, Verify error Controller
『ErCA027』 Not used
『ErCA030』 Mini lever 1st axis, Hard defect
『ErCA031』 Mini lever 2nd axis, Hard defect As『ErCA030』, error
Mini Lever Sensor
『ErCA032』 Mini lever 3rd axis, Hard defect log is memorized.
『ErCA033』 Mini lever 4th axis, Hard defect
Only the error memory
is left. Only when
E-HYD
『ErCA038』 Stop input signal Others the preliminary input
Controller
operation is done, data
is memorized.
The surrounding of the
controller is 75 degrees
Abnormal ambient temperature of E-HYD
『ErCA039』 Others or more. Need to
controller Controller
improve the surrounding
temperature.
Short circuit = Short

Break = Open
3-101
[22] Setting at the Time of Replacing the Controller
When the controller (V-ECU ASSY) is replaced, it is necessary to make setting of controller in tune with the truck.
After checking the truck specification, make setting with the following as a guide
○When the controller does not operate at all (Impossible to start an engine)
１、Codes 700, 701, 702, 703 and 704 Basic Setting

(Refer to [4] serviceman mode How to set the code 700 series, and [5] Controller setting code 700.)
□ Code 700: Mission specification
□ Code 701:Fuel specification
□ Code 702: Weight
□ Code 703: Tire specification
□ Code 704: Mast specification
２、Option setting
(Refer to [6] Controller setting Option function and [5] Controller setting When enabling the option functions)
□ OPTO: Speed meter, etc.
□ OPT1: Password, LTV compatible, etc.
□ OPT2: Load meter, etc.
□ OPT3: Cargo handling interlock (Always check the truck specification)
□ OPT4: Others
□ OPT5: Mini-lever, etc.
３、Adjusting the option
(Refer to [14] Load meter “0kg” set)
□ Load meter “0kg” set
４、Trail center position storage
(Refer to [10] Storing the trail center potion)
□ Trail center position set
５、When the display is normal, copy the Hour Meter from display to controller
(Refer to [4] Serviceman mode Display → Controller copy operation)
□ Hour Meter copy
６、In the case of with option speedometer, copy the travel distance and travel hours
(Refer to [4] Serviceman mode Display → Controller copy operation)
□ Travel distance, travel hours copy
○When the display is normal, the controller operates and check on each set value is available in Serviceman mode:
(Refer to [4] Serviceman mode How to set the code 700 series and [5] Controller setting Code 700)
(Refer to [6] Controller setting Option function and [5] Controller setting When enabling the option functions)
１、Make a record of code 700 series

２、Make a record of option set value.
□ Make a record of set value in [23]-A Controller setting data record sheet.
３、Replace the controller, set or (key in) checking the previously-recorded set value
□ Make a setting taking a look at [23]-A Controller setting data record sheet.
Use this sheet by making a copy.
3-102
[23] Defect Investigation and Record Sheet
Use this sheet at the time of controller defect/truck defect investigation
Investigation about controller defect
When the defect occurred in the controller, check the following to make an entry in the record sheet.
(Mark ◎ denotes the minimal check items.)
１、Make a record of code 700 series.
(Refer to [4] Serviceman mode How to set the code 700 series, and [5] Controller setting code 700.)
□ Make a record of set values in [23] –A Controller setting data record sheet.
２、Make a record of option set value
(Refer to [6] Controller setting Option function, and [5] Controller setting When enabling the option function)
□ Make a record of set values in [23] –A Controller setting data sheet.
◎ ３、Make a record of hour meter readings．In the case of with option speedometer, make a record of the travel
distance and travel hours. (Refer to Chapter 2 Operation management of display section [6])
□ Make a record of set values in [23] –A Controller setting data sheet.
◎ ４、Make a record of error record.
(Refer to [4] Serviceman mode Section “Check the controller error history)
□ Make an entry of error in [23] –C Error record sheet.
５、Make contact with Quality Assurance Department about the material in which defect is recorded together with
description of defect to confer with said department.
Investigation about truck defect/work situation
Check a guide of truck defect investigation and work situation.
１、Make a record of operation management data.

(Refer to Chapter 2 Display section [6] Operation management data display).
□ Make a record of operation management data in [23]-B Operation management LTV data record
sheet.
２、Make a record of LTV data displayed on the display.
(Refer to Chapter 2 Display [7] LTV data display)
□ Make a record of LTV data in [23]-B Operation management LTV data record
sheet.
３、Make contact with Quality Assurance Department about the material in which defect is recorded together with
description of defect to confer with said department.
3-103
[23]-A. Controller Setting Data Record Sheet
Checked on:　
Truck number
Customer
Branch Office
Code set value check
Code No. Set Value Code No. Set Value Code No. Set Value Code No. Set Value
700 710 720 730
701 711 721 731
702 712 722 732
703 713 723 733
Setting 704 714 724 734

Code 705 715 725 735
706 716 726 736
707 717 727 737
708 718 728 738
709 719 729 739
Option Setting Check Example of Record
Option ＯＰＴ０ＯＰＴ１ＯＰＴ２ＯＰＴ＊
Bit ６５４３２１０６５４３２１０６５４３２１０６５４３２１０
Set Value ００１０００１
Option ＯＰＴ３ＯＰＴ４ＯＰＴ５
Bit ６５４３２１０６５４３２１０６５４３２１０
Set Value
3-104
[23]-B．
Operation Management LTV Data Record Sheet
Checked on: Customer
Truck No. Branch Office

Clock Display Check
Clock Display Time of checker’s clock Difference in time
Hour Meter Check Example of Record

Hour Meter ｈ 1234 ｈ
Calendar Display 080328
Travel distance km 921 ｋｍ
Travel Hours Ｈ 2345 H
Operation Management/LTV Data Check Example of Record

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2
Operation Management Data 　/ 　/ 　/ 　/ 　/ 　/ 　/ 　/ 　/ 　/ 　３/５　３/４
Key ON 　.　　　h 　.　　　h 　.　　　h 　.　　　h 　.　　　h 　.　　　h 　.　　　h 　.　　　h 　.　　　h 　.　　　h 　３．５h 　４．１　h
Travel distance 　.　　　㎞　.　　　㎞　.　　　㎞　.　　　㎞　.　　　㎞　.　　　㎞　.　　　㎞　.　　　㎞　.　　　㎞　.　　　㎞２８．６　㎞　４０.１　㎞
Travel Hours 　.　　　h 　.　　　h 　.　　　h 　.　　　h 　.　　　h 　.　　　h 　.　　　h 　.　　　h 　.　　　h 　.　　　h ２．７　h 　３．８　h
LTV data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2
Hours under load condition ｌｏ　Ｄ１ 1.2 1.8
Average load ｌｏ　Ｄ２ 567 767
Loaded travel hours ｌｏ　Ｄ３ 0.8 1.3
3-105
Loaded travel distance ｌｏ　Ｄ４ 12.2 22.2
Transportation work volume ｌｏ　Ｄ５ 10.2 23.2
[23]-C．
Error Record sheet
Controller Error History Check Example of Record
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2
Controller Error No. C026 C026
Occurred on: 080302 070911
Occurred on: 10:36 9:04
Display Error History Check Example of Record
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2
Display Error No. ｄ002 d009
Occurred on: 080425 071012
Occurred on: 10:36 16:34
（　　　　　　　　　　　　）History Check Example of Record
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2
Controller Error No.
Occurred on:
Occurred on:
Investigation Results
Use this sheet by making a copy

4. Troubleshooting
[1] Troubleshooting procedure
The basic premise is to gain an understanding of phenomena of trouble. After understanding of them,
the indication of display screen becomes effective.
　The indications to become effective include the error code, switch monitor and error history.
　Normally, as a condition of indication on the display screen in the event of breakdown, the 　　　　
　followings are assumed:
Ⅰ．The display does not indicate at all. (Or abnormal indication)
Ⅱ．Indication of display does not conform to the truck specification.
Ⅲ．he truck travels and performs the cargo handling even through the operator has left his seat.
Ⅳ．The indication on the display is normal (There is no indication of error code, but there is 　　　　
　　something wrong with the truck)
Ⅴ．Error code appears on the display.
　From here on, the troubleshooting flowchart is shown based on the above. Further, most errors can
　be reset by resetting the key switch, when there is no reproducibility of malfunction, check the 　　
　error history to perform the troubleshooting according to the appropriate error message.
Troubleshooting
Table of contents of flowchart
・When there is no indication of error code on the display
Phenomenon of truck
Ⅰ．The display does not indicate at all.
Ⅱ．Indication of display does not conform to the truck specification.
Ⅲ．The truck travels and performs the cargo handling even though the operator has left his 　
　　seat.
〈All driving, cargo １．Truck does not operate at all.
handling and steering〉　　Impossible to start an engine
Ⅳ．The indication on
〈Driving system〉２．Truck does not travel.
　　the display is
　　normal, but the 〈Cargo handling
３．Cargo handling is not available.
　　truck shows strange system〉
　　behavior. ４．Steering knob becomes misaligned
〈Steering system〉 widely.
(Steering knob misalignment correction)
・When there is an indication of error code on the display

　Refer to appropriate troubleshooting according to the error code table.
4-1
CAUTION
　Depending on the truck specification, there are many cases that are not listed in the
　 troubleshooting.
　・When the specification is special and the operation of specific solenoid is stopped.
　・When the truck has been altered to the specification of each operation branch.
　・When the customer himself/herself altered the truck (including the addition of electric
　　equipment, etc.)
　・When the measuring instruments are connected in parallel.
　・When the error is displayed due to the incorrect setting of controller.
　・When the fork lift is used under unexpected use environment.
　・When the fork lift is used according to the unexpected usage.
　・When the fork lift is affected by the strong external noise, such as electromagnetic wave,
　　electric wave, static electricity.
　・In the case of truck subjected to the submission under water, thunderbolt, strong external
　　impact.
　・In the case of truck with more than 8 years of service.
4-2
[2] When there is no indication of error code on the display
Exposition of vocabulary
Ⅰ．Display does not indicate at all.
SOL : Solenoid
F/R lever : Forward/Reverse sift lever
MT : Manual transmission
AT : Automatic transmission
YES GND : Body ground
Battery voltage does not fall
within the normal value.
NO
Check the main wiring power supply
line and replace the battery.
Check the action of main relay by turning YES

ON the key switch. Relay does not act?
NO
Check the main relay wiring and
replace the main relay
Check the starter. YES

Starter does not work.
NO Check the starter relay wiring and

starter, and replace the starter relay
Check the wiring between display and
controller
Turn OFF the key switch
Check the connection of display connector. YES

Connector is not connected rightly.
NO
Connect the connector
Check the power supply to the display

connector CN5.
The voltage supplied to the connector is
12V or more?
The voltages of:
・Battery power YES
Between CN5-5 (wire number 6 W) and
CN5-2 (wire number 11 B).
・IGN power
Between CN5-6 (wire number 5 R) and
CN5-2 (wire number 11 B)
are lower than normal value.
Connect the display power
NO supply line wiring
Noise check
There is any noise source in the YES
vicinity of or on the truck? （Noise source exists）
Device that generates spark, radio
wave or strong electromagnetic
wave exists?
NO
There is a possibility that the reading of sensor
value does not come along OK due to the
influence of noise source nearby.
Remove the noise source or locate the truck away

from the noise source.
Replace the display
Set apart the body ground on the noise source
side. Make a truck undergone anti-noise treatment
ready. Consultation with maker is required.
4-3
Ⅱ．The display indicates the character not conforming to the truck
specification. Or the characters required for the display not appear.
Truck settings (Code 700, 701) of the YES

controller are appropriate? Model selection
error is present? Setting differs.
NO
Make setting of controller again.
Any input related to the display indication exists?

Check
・LPG Input
Between CN5-1 (wire number 38 Or) and LPG selector switch output
・Display Ground
Between CN5-2 (wire number 11 B) and body ground
・Coolant Temperature Gauge
Between CN5-3 (wire number 18 Y/R) and coolant temperature sender
・Fuel Level Gauge
Between CN5-4 (wire number17 Y/G) and fuel level sender
・Battery Power Supply
Between CN5-5 (wire number 6 W) and battery power supply
・ING Power Supply
Between CN5-6 (wire number 5 R) and IGN power supply
・Charge
Between CN5-7 (wire number 14 G/Y) and alternator L terminal
・Engine Oil Pressure YES
Between CN5-8 (wire number 15 Y/L) and engine oil pressure switch
・ATF Temperature
Between CN5-9 (wire number16 Y/B) and ATF temperature switch
・Sedimenter
Between CN5-10 (wire number 19 Y) and sedimenter switch
・Glow Lamp
Between CN5-11 (wire number 33 Br/W) and QGS controller
・Buzzer
Between CN5-17 (wire number 27 Gy/R) and CN4-14 (wire number 27 Gy/R)
・Communication (GND)
Between CN5-18 (wire number 93 B) and CN3-15 (wire number 93 B) Repair the external wiring of display
・Communication (JXD) or check the connection target
Between CN5-19 (wire number 92 B) and CN3-14 (wire number 92 B) (sensor, etc.)
・Communication (RXD)
Between CN5-20 (wire number 91 W) and CN3-13 (wire number 91 W)
and the check the switch monitor in the serviceman mode
Refer to the following
As a result of check, there is no input.
NO
Input exists up to the connector terminal

portion, but, when checking the input by the YES
use of display switch monitor, input does not
react. (No change),
NO
Connector failure or connecting connector failure of display
Controller input circuit breakdown
Replace the display LCD failure (In the case of circuit breakdown, replace the controller)
Analog input values

　ｄS 0 JO Fuel Level Gauge
　ｄS 1 JO Coolant Temperature Gauge
Digital input value Digital input value

　dIo １　dIo ２
　　　＿『○○○○○○○』　　　＿『○○○○○○○』
Charge
Air Cleaner
Coolant Engine
Brake Fluid ATF
Sedimenter
Glow Lamp
4-4
Ⅲ-1．The indication on the display is normal, but the truck shows strange behavior.
Traveling and cargo handling are available even though the operator has left his seat. There is a truck which does not use part of seat switch.
(No error indication) In such a case not applicable.
The seat switch continues to be

input by the controller, whatever YES
the operator does.
Even check between seat switch
terminals, ON persists.
NO The contact of seat switch deposited.

Replace the seat switch
The seat switch is short circuited YES

forcedly? The seat switch wiring is
altered.
NO
Replace the seat switch, repair the
wiring, connect the normal connector
Check the adhesion of seat switch
contact
The contact of seat switch

YES
deposited, the seat switch is short
circuited forcedly? The seat switch
wiring is altered.
NO
There is a possibility that the Replace the seat switch, repair the
specification is switch-less one or wiring, connect the normal connector
the setting of controller is
manipulated. For more information,
contact with maker (Do not disclose
this information).
4-5
Ⅳ－１．The indication on the display is normal, but the truck shows strange behavior.
Truck does not work at all. Even impossible to start an engine (No error indication)
The battery voltage is considerably YES

lower than normal voltage.
NO
Check the main wiring power supply
line and replace the battery
Check that the truck setting of YES

controller (code 700) is appropriate.
The setting not conforming to the
truck type is made.
Adapt the truck type setting of
NO controller to the one conforming to
the truck
When the starter relay functions YES

and the starter works, the engine
starts.
NO
Connector of the controller is
not connected properly. And the
controller is not connected to the
YES
positive electrode of battery and GND
precisely.
Or GND is not connected to the
normal position. GND is subjected
to alteration.
Reconnect the connection between
Truck Problem of engine side NO controller and connector.
Check the fuel system, etc. Reconnect the connection between
Refer to the engine troubleshooting controller and battery.
Repair the connecting point of GND.
Return it to proper GND point.
The starter does not work even YES

though the starter relay was replaced.
NO
Replace the controller
Starter relay failure
4-6
Exclusive of truck which does not use the seat belt.
Ⅳ－２．The indication on the display is normal, but the truck shows strange behavior.
Overseas optional specification: Some trucks equipped with
The truck does not travel. (No error indication). Traveling is not available even though the
seat belt (optional) alarm function cannot travel if the operator does
operator takes seat and fastens the seat belt. (only in the case of OP specification)
not fasten the seat belt.
YES
The starter relay functions but
the starter does not work.
NO

No check on specification was made
YES controller is not connected to the YES
for specification with seat switch
positive electrode of battery and GND
alarm (and that with seat belt alarm).
precisely.
The optional setting was not made in
Or GND is not connected to the
accordance with specification.
Check the optional setting. It is normal position. GND is subjected
impossible to drive the truck if to alteration.
NO the out-of-specification setting Reconnect the connection between
was made. Make a setting NO controller and connector.
conforming to the specification Reconnect the connection between
Input from the seat switch to the (Refer to the section “Option”)
controller was abnormal. The seat controller and battery.
switch wiring and connectors are Repair the connecting point of GND.
not connected correctly.
Presence or absence of continuity
YES YES
does not vary even though turning The starter does not work even
ON and OFF of seat switch was though the starter relay was replaced.
performed between CN4-21 (wire
number 26 L/Y) and body ground. NO
Or check the switch monitor in
the serviceman mode. Refer to the Replace the seat switch, connect Replace the controller
table on the right. the wiring and connect the connector
NO
・Only for the case of overseas option Starter relay failure
Input from the seat belt switch to

the controller is abnormal. The seat
belt switch wiring and connectors are
not connected correctly.
Presence or absence of continuity YES 　CIo 0
does not vary even though turning ON 　　　＿『○○○○○○○』
and OFF of seat switch was performed
between CN4-7 (wire number 24 Y/B)
and body ground. Or check the switch
monitor in the serviceman mode.
Refer to the table on the right.
Shift F
Shift R
NO Replace the seal belt switch, connect
the wiring and connect the connector
Input from F/R lever to the

controller is not normal.
The voltage of 12V or more can
not be confirmed even though
the manipulation of F/R lever 　CIo １
was made between: 　　　＿『○○○○○○○』
F (Forward side) YES
CN3-8 (wire number 70 Br) and Seat switch
body ground
R (Reverse side)
CN3-9 (wire number 72 Lg) and
body ground.
Or check the switch monitor in
Replace the F/R lever or connect
the serviceman mode. Refer to the connector of F/R lever (break
the table on the right. in wiring, short circuit, etc.)
NO
ＮＯ Wiring is also normal and the truck does

not travel even though the seat switch,
seat belt and F/R lever were replaced?
Truck side Problem of drive system ＹＥＳ

(Confirm with the truck troubleshooting)
Breakage of controller, replace
the controller
4-7
Ⅳ－３．The indication on the display is normal, but the truck shows strange behavior.
Truck cannot perform the cargo handling. (No error indication. Impossible to perform Exclusive of truck which does not use the seat switch.
the cargo handling even though the operator takes a seat)
YES
The starter relay functions but
NO Connector of the controller is

controller is not connected to the YES
positive electrode of battery and
GND precisely.
Input from the seat switch to the Or GND is not connected to the
controller is normal. Seat switch normal position. GND is
wiring and connectors are subjected to alteration. Reconnect the connection between
connected correctly. controller and connector.
Presence or absence of continuity YES NO Reconnect the connection between
does not vary even though turning controller and battery.
ON and OFF of seat switch was Repair the connecting point of GND.
performed between CN4-21 (wire
number 26 L/Y) and body ground.
Or check the switch monitor in YES
The starter does not work even
the serviceman mode. Refer to
the table below.
NO
NO Truck side Problem of hydraulic system
(Confirm with the truck troubleshooting)
Replace the controller
Replace the seat switch, connect

the wiring and connect the connector
　CIo 1
　　　＿『○○○○○○○』
Seat switch
4-8
Ⅳ－４（１）．The indication on the display is normal, but the truck shows strange behavior.　
Optional function Steering knob becomes misaligned widely (No error indication)
The starter relay functions but YES

NO
controller is not connected to the
positive electrode of battery and GND YES
precisely.
Check that the truck setting of YES Or GND is not connected to the
controller (Code 702) is appropriate. normal position. GND is subjected
Truck type (weight) is not set to the to alteration.
one conforming to the truck. Reconnect the connection between
NO controller and connector.
NO Reconnect the connection between
controller and battery.
Make the setting conforming to the Repair the connecting point of GND.
truck type (weight)
YES
The starter does not work even
NO
Error message is not displayed even YES
though the steering knob correction Replace the controller
solenoid connector was removed.
NO
Truck Problem of steering, orbitrol There is a possibility that the

and correction solenoid (confirm with specification is without knob
the truck troubleshooting) or problem misalignment correction function. For
of insufficient flow of steering. Check more information, contact our
the orbitrol specification together. Engineering Div.
Make a check of correction solenoid
for the contamination.
4-9
Ⅳ－４（２）The indication on the display is normal, but the truck shows strange behavior.
Steering knob becomes misaligned gradually. (No error indication)
Truck setting of controller (Code 702)

YES
is not appropriate. Storage of steering
sensor center is not yet performed.
(When the controller was replaced)
NO Make setting of code 702 and storage of trail

center in the serviceman mode.
Trail center connector is not connected YES

precisely. There is a foreign material (oil
spot) at connection portion of connector.
Connect the connector precisely until it is
NO locked. Clean the terminal portion to eliminate
the contact failure.
There is noise source close to or on the YES

truck. （Noise source exists.）
Device that generates the spark, radio
wave or strong electromagnetic wave
exists. There is a possibility that the reading of sensor
value does not come along OK due to the
NO influence of noise source nearby.
Remove the noise source or locate the truck
away from the noise source.
Set apart the GND on the noise source side.
Make a truck undergone anti-noise treatment
ready. Consultation with maker is required.
Not-normal parts are used for the trail

linkage. (Is there any point using the parts YES
with different part number or where the
parts with different weight are diverted?)
YES Use the proper parts. As the operating
characteristics of sensor deviates from the
NO calculated value, the knob misalignment
phenomenon occurs in the operation as well.
Proper parts are used for orbitrol. (Is there YES

any point using the parts with different （Proper parts are not used.）
part number or where the parts with
different weight are diverted?)
When the flow is insufficient, the knob

NO
misalignment phenomenon occurs.
Hydraulic fluid contains a lot of

contaminations. Motion of knob
misalignment correction solenoid becomes
slow. There is no difference in the number
of revolutions of steering as a result of YES
check on the number of revolutions of
steering between when the power is
supplied directly to the solenoid and when
makes the solenoid power supply open
circuit. There is no apparent difference in
the number of revolutions.
NO
There is a possibility that operational problem
occurs in the knob misalignment correction
Replace the controller if no improvement solenoid. There is a possibility of contamination.
occurs even though the adjustment to Eliminate the contamination. Replace the knob
the controller was made again. misalignment correction solenoid.
4-10
Ⅳ－５　The indication on the display is normal, but the truck shows strange behavior.
Phenomenon: Fork does not operate/stop even though fork

horizontal manipulation was made.
Fork horizontal operation inoperative Possible causes: Setting error of controller. Wrong operation
procedure
Circuit breakdown, sensor failure, operation failure of cargo
handling interlock valve
Only V-ECU (STD controller) is YES

installed.
NO
Check the dimensional outline
drawing of RTV-ECU (fork horizontal Horizontal stop position is not YES
stop). Install the fork horizontal stored.
controller.
NO
CN3-16, 17 and 18 on the Store the horizontal stop position.
V-ECU (STD controller) of truck Refer to How to store the horizontal
YES
are not connected with CN1-16, stop position.
17 and 18 on The RTU-ECU.
(Fork horizontal stop controller)
Load surpasses the specified
NO Check the connection diagram of fork range (About 200kg). (Provided YES
horizontal stop. Connect the wiring. that the special specification is
CAN-H, -L, -GND: CN1-16, 17 and 18. excluded)
NO Bring the load within the specified

value (load under which horizontal
The fork horizontal stop stop is available: About 200kg).
YES
controller was replaced or (Provided that the special
repaired. specification is excluded)
NO Carry out the storage of horizontal How to stop the fork horizontal
stop position stop is unknown. (Manipulation is YES
Refer to how to store the horizontal not performed while holding the
stop position. fork horizontal stop button down)
The V-ECU (STD controller) of YES NO

truck was replaced or repaired. Confirm with the instruction manual.
NO
2When the tilt is forward inclined
position, with a push of fork YES
Fork horizontal stop is not horizontal stop switch only, the
YES fork stops.
selected out of optional settings
in the serviceman mode.
NO Stop is a normal operation. There is a
NO restriction in the direction of
After the check of option selection horizontal stop in terms of operation.
(OPT3, OPT5) in the serviceman Confirm with the instruction manual.
mode, make predefined setting. OP3: Change the code of stop
Select cargo handling interlock valve. specification. Refer to the section
OP5: Select fork horizontal stop. “Code”.
Confirm with the instruction manual
or troubleshooting of fork horizontal
stop selection. Life LED (red) in the fork YES
horizontal controller blinks.
Specification is without cargo YES

handling interlock solenoid NO
NO
Cargo handling interlock solenoid is Replace the fork horizontal controller. Cargo handling interlock
necessary. Confirm with the truck (There is a possibility of breakdown solenoid (operation) failure
specification. of controller, software not yet
installed, different software). Further,
As a result of check on the check that the action of fork
operation of fork horizontal stop YES horizontal device conforms to the
button, said switch is out of order requested specification.
or damaged.
NO
Replace the fork horizontal stop button.
4-11
Normal open (A-contact specification button) (Red button type)
Horizontal operation is carried out even though the fork horizontal stop button is Phenomenon: When manipulating the tilt, the fork performs horizontal stop
not pushed/ even though any manipulation is performed.
Possible causes: Breakdown of knob switch, open circuit of wiring
NO: Normal Open (A-contact specification button) (Red button type)

NC: Normal Close (B-contact specification button) (Side button type)
When measuring the resistance ※ No change occurs even though button was manipulated.
value of fork horizontal stop YES
switch, the resistance value is
always 0Ω (short circuit). ※1
NO Replace the fork horizontal stop button
Wiring has a break. CN2-22 has YES

a break (open circuit).
NO
There is a possibility that the internal Carry out the cause unfolding of break
wiring/element of the controller is open and countermeasures and repair the
circuit. Replace the simplified fork wiring.
horizontal controller to check that the
cause is attributable to it. If the fork
horizontal controller is a cause, replace it.
Normal Close (B-contact specification button) (Side button)
Horizontal operation is carried out even though the fork horizontal stop button is Phenomenon: When manipulating the tilt, the fork performs horizontal stop
not pushed/ even though any manipulation is performed.
Possible causes: Breakdown of knob switch, open circuit of wiring

always ∞Ω (open circuit). ※1
Wiring has a break. CN2-22 has YES

a break (open circuit).
NO
There is a possibility that the internal Carry out the cause unfolding of break
wiring/element of the controller is open and countermeasures and repair the
circuit. Replace the simplified fork wiring.
horizontal controller to check that the
cause is attributable to it. If the fork
horizontal controller is a cause, replace it.
4-12
Normal open (A-contact specification button) (Red button type)
Fork does not perform horizontal operation even though the fork horizontal stop Phenomenon: Fork does not perform horizontal stop even though the fork
button was pushed. horizontal stop button was pushed.
Possible cause: Breakdown of knob switch, short circuit in wiring

always ∞Ω (open circuit). ※1
Wiring is short circuit. CN2-22 YES

is in conduction state. It
connects with body ground.
NO
Replace the fork horizontal stop Carry out the cause unfolding of short
controller. There is a possibility that circuit and countermeasures and repair
the internal wiring/element of the the wiring.
controller is defective such as short
circuit. Check whether the controller is
defective or not by replacing the
controller with other controller and
making settings.
Normal Close (B-contact specification button) (Side button)

Fork does not perform horizontal operation even though the fork horizontal stop Phenomenon: Fork does not perform horizontal stop even though the fork
button was pushed. horizontal stop button was pushed.
Possible cause: Breakdown of knob switch, short circuit in wiring

※ No change occurs even though button was manipulated.

フォーク水平停止ボタンの抵抗 YES
値を測定すると、抵抗が常に　
０Ω（ショート）である。※１
Wiring is short circuit. CN2-22 YES

is in conduction state. It
connects with body ground.
NO
Replace the fork horizontal stop Carry out the cause unfolding of short
controller. There is a possibility that circuit and countermeasures and repair
the internal wiring/element of the the wiring.
controller is defective such as short
circuit. Check whether the controller is
defective or not by replacing the
controller with other controller and
making settings.
4-13
Phenomenon: Fork does not stop at the set position.
Mast does not stop at horizontal set position. Possible cause: Setting error of stop position, deteriorated tilt sensor resistance
Fork stops at the position

YES
differing from the previous stop
position.
NO
The mast, attachment, tire, etc. YES

or fork horizontal stop controller
was replaced or repaired
Store the horizontal stop position.
NO Refer to How to store the horizontal
stop position
As a result of check on the

connector connection of tilt YES
angle sensor, the connector is
not connected accurately or got
grubby.
Connect the connector.
NO Clean the connector.
Measurement of the resistance

value of tilt angle sensor YES
showed an abnormal value. Or
sensor damages.
Replace the tilt sensor.
NO
Cargo handling interlock YES

solenoid (unload solenoid)-less
specification
Cargo handling interlock solenoid is
NO necessary. Check the truck
specification.
Truck carries the load heavier YES

than the specified value.
NO
Replace the fork horizontal stop Bring the load within the specified value
controller. There is a possibility that the (load under which horizontal stop is
internal wiring/element of the controller available: About 200kg). (Provided that
is defective such as short circuit. Check special specification is excluded)
whether the controller is defective or
not by replacing the controller with
other controller and making settings.
4-14
Phenomenon: Cargo handling operation (tilt) inoperable, cargo handling
Cargo handling operation (tilt/lift) inoperable operation (lift) inoperable
Possible cause: Horizontal stop is not yet reset.
Fork horizontal stop button was

turned ON with the fork loaded
with cargo falling outside of YES
specified (about 200kg) range.
(Provided that the special
specification is excluded)
NO
When horizontal stop operation

is being performed, with a release
of fork horizontal stop button YES
and returning the tilt lever to the
Neutral position, the cargo
handling becomes operable. Check the usage with the instruction
NO manual.
Disabling the fork horizontal

stop function of OPT5 in option YES
selection allows the cargo
handling to become operable.
Carry out the troubleshooting described
NO in its section of fork horizontal
operation inoperable.
With turning ON/OFF the key

YES
switch, the tilt operation
becomes operable only once.
NO
Breakdown of tilt sensor or its YES

installation is improper.
NO
Output of fork horizontal stop YES

button always stays ON.
NO
Carry out the troubleshooting described Make adjustment to or replace the

Replace the component of fork
in its section of fork horizontal related component such as tilt lever
horizontal stop button.
operation inoperable. sensor
4-15
Phenomenon:　Cargo handling operation (tilt) inoperable
Horizontal operation from forward inclination to backward inclination is inoperable. Possible cause:　Horizontal stop is not yet reset, setting error of controller
Fork horizontal stop button was

turned ON with the fork loaded
with cargo falling outside of YES
specified (about 200kg) range.
(Provided that the special
specification is excluded)
NO
When performing the horizontal

stop operation, with a release of
fork horizontal stop button and YES
returning the tilt lever to the
Neutral position, cargo handling
becomes operable. Confirm with the instruction manual.
NO
Set value of code setting d00 YES

for fork stop is “0”.
Upon confirming with the code table，set

NO the set value of code d00 to “1 or 2”.
Set value “1” of d00 represents

the specification that the photo YES
coupler is attached for the
check of tilt lever position.
NO
Carry out the troubleshooting described Upon confirming with the code table，set
in its section of fork horizontal the set value of code d00 to “2”. Or
operation inoperable. replace the tilt lever sensor with
potentiometer type.
4-16
[3] When there is an indication of error code (Display error)
Display indication Phenomenon: Reception Time Out Fault

Error code: Errd000 Possible cause: When the reception from main controller stops
Error message
disappears after
a short time NO
YES Error occurs

frequently
NO
YES Refer to next section
Refer to next section
“Composite check between
“Composite check between
display and controller”
display and controller”
Is there a break in the wiring

between display and controller?
ＮＯ
YES (Normal)
Repair the wiring

Make a check of controller
and replace it where needed
4-17
Composite check between display and controller (Check when the phenomenon can be reproduced)
Display indication Phenomenon: Reception Time Out fault

Error code: Errd000 Possible cause: Where the reception from main controller stops
Display or controller fault
When the error could be reproduced

Check with Error Er000 displayed
When the taking out and putting in of the YES

connector of display are repeated, Errd 000
is not displayed.
Check on the inside of display connector
NO Check the caulking of terminal, contact portion and disconnection of
terminal from the connector. If there is a problem, repair it. If there is a
contact failure, clean the connector.
Erd000 is not displayed when the display YES
was replaced with other display. (Normal
condition prevails).
Internal circuit failure of original display

NO Replace the display.
(After checking that the error is displayed)

Remove the controller carefully from the YES
main body and when taking a look at its
inside, red LED blinks.
Error occurred after repair and YES
NO combination change of wiring.
NO
There is a foreign matter in the There is a possibility that there is a short circuit or Check on the wiring between display
controller. For example, the iron break in the wiring for the communication between and controller
powder, moisture, chemicals, etc. YES display and controller. Check the wire numbers 91W, Check that CN5-18, 19 and 20
Further, the corrosion exists on the 92B and 93B. In addition, check the contact state of terminals of display connector and
terminal and maintenance CN3-13, 14 and 15 pins of controller connector. Repair CN3-13, 14 and 15 terminals of
connector due to its effect. it if there is a problem. If contact failure exists, clean controller connectors are connected
the connector. respectively. If there is an error,
NO repair it.
Remove the foreign matter and clean the interior. When there is corrosion,
Measure the key switch line with tester.
perform preservative treatment. Perform treatment to prevent foreign
When measurement is made on the voltage
matters from entering the controller. When especially-heavy corrosion is
between CN3-2 pin corresponding to wire
found, and when the controller does not operate, replace the controller.
number 7WL and body ground from inside
of controller, the voltage does not reach
YES
12V (Voltage measurement). Or, when
measurement is made on the resistance
between CN3-6 corresponding to wire
number 11B and body ground, measured There is a possibility that the wiring between key switch and controller has
value is several tens Ω or more. Or, the a break or short-circuit. Wiring between controller and body ground is not
resistance is ∞.（Resistance measurement） connected normally or has a break. Repair the point of poor wiring.
NO
When taking out and putting in of the YES

connector of display are repeated, Errd 000
is not displayed.
Check on the truck-side connector portion
NO Check the caulking of terminal, contact portion and disconnection of
terminal from the connector. If there is a problem, repair it. If there is a
contact failure, clean the connector.
Erd000 is not displayed when the controller YES
was replaced with other controller. (Normal
condition prevails).
NO
Check the battery for the problem. Check that

there is no source of strong electromagnetic Internal circuit failure of the controller
wave and electric wave circumferentially. If Replace the controller.
there is a problem, replace the battery and as
to the electric wave, confirm with maker.
4-18
Display indication Phenomenon: Communication data fault
Error code: Errd001 Possible cause: When data fault (data discrepancy) occurred continuously
Error message NO
disappears after
a short time
YES
Error occurs
frequently
Wait and see. NO
YES Wait and see.
Replace the display.
Display indication Phenomenon: EEPROM readout fault

Error code: Errd002 Possible cause: When the readout resulted in discrepancy
continuously at the time of turning on the power supply
Error disappears after NO

turning ON and OFF the
key switch
YES
Error occurs
frequently
Wait and see. NO
YES Wait and see.
Display indication Phenomenon: EEPROM writing fault (Hour meter)ー

Error code: Errd003 Possible cause: When the writing and readout resulted in discrepancy
continuously at the time of updating the hour meter

key switch
YES
Error occurs
frequently
Wait and see. NO
YES Wait and see.
4-19
Display indication Phenomenon: EEPROM writing fault (Controller’s instruction)
Error code: Errd004 Possible cause: When the writing and readout resulted in discrepancy continuously at
the time of updating a variety of data according to the controller’s instruction

key switch.
YES
Error occurs
frequently. NO
Wait and see.
YES Wait and see.
Display indication Phenomenon: EEPROM readout fault (Controller’s instruction)

Error code: Errd005 Possible cause: When the readout resulted in discrepancy continuously at the time
of reading out a variety of data according to the controller’s instruction

key switch.
YES
Error occurs
frequently.
Wait and see. NO
YES Wait and see.
Display indication Phenomenon: Burned charge lamp

Error code: Errd006 Possible cause: When burned lamp was detected
Error disappears after

key switch. NO
YES
Wait and see. Replace the charge

lamp in the display.
Display indication Phenomenon: Break in fuel sender

Error code: Errd007 Possible cause: When a break of fuel level gauge was detected
Is the connection of fuel sender

connecting terminal, display connector
CN5 and connector CN6 connected
positively? NO
YES Connect
Is there a break or contact failure

in the electric wire Y/G between
display connector CN5 and fuel NO
sender?
YES (Normal) Repair the wiring.
Measure the resistance

value of fuel sender.
Reference value:18 to 152Ω NO
YES Replace the sender.
4-20
Display indication Phenomenon: Short circuit in the fuel sender
Error code: Errd008 Possible cause: When short circuit in the GND of fuel level gauge was detected
Turn OFF the key switch.
Disconnect the terminal of display

connector CN5 and fuel sender to
make continuity check between
electric wire Y/G and frame. Is NO
measured value ∞Ω?

value of fuel sender.
Reference value: 18 to 152Ω. NO
YES Replace the sender.
Display indication Phenomenon: Break in the coolant temperature sender

Error code: Errd009 Possible cause: When a break in the coolant temperature gauge was detected
Is the connection of coolant temperature

sender connecting terminal, display
connector CN5 and connector CN6
connected positively? NO
YES Connect
Is there a break or contact failure in

the electric wire Y/R between
display connector CN5 and coolant NO
temperature sender?
Turn ON the key switch with

connector connected and check
the output voltage to be applied
to the sender. NO
Reference value: 0.2 to 4.9V.
YES (Normal) Replace the sender.
Display indication Phenomenon: Short circuit in the coolant temperature sender

Error code: Errd010 Possible cause: When short circuit in the GND of coolant temperature
gauge was detected
Turn OFF the key switch.
Disconnect the terminal of display

connector CN5 and coolant
temperature sender to make
continuity check between electric
wire Y/G and frame. Is measured NO
value ∞Ω?
Turn ON the key switch with

connector connected and check
the output voltage to be applied to
the sender. NO
Reference value: 0.2 to 4.9V.
Replace the sender.
YES
4-21
Display indication Phenomenon: Switch 1 (▷ button) error
Error code: Errd011 Possible cause: When the display change ▷ button was turned ON continuously
NO
Was the display change button
pushed for 30 seconds or more?
YES
NO
Error disappears after turning
Manipulate so as not
ON and OFF the key switch.
to push the button for
30 seconds or more. YES
NO
Is there return failure of
Wait and see.
manipulation seat of switch?
YES Replace the

manipulation seat.
NO
Error occurs
frequently.
Wait and see.

YES
Display indication
Error code: Errd012
： Phenomenon: Switch 2 (◁ button) error
Possible cause: When the display change ◁ button is turned ON continuously
Was the display change button NO

YES
NO
Manipulate so as not ON and OFF the key switch.
30 seconds or more.
YES
NO
Wait and see. manipulation seat of switch?
YES Replace the

manipulation seat.
NO
Error occurs
frequently.
YES Wait and see.
Display indication Phenomenon: Switch 3 (M button) error

Error code: Errd013
： Possible cause: When the mode change M button is turned ON continuously
NO
Was the display change button
YES
NO
Manipulate so as not
ON and OFF the key switch.
30 seconds or more. YES
NO
Wait and see. manipulation seat of switch?
YES Replace the

manipulation seat.
Error occurs NO
frequently.
YES Wait and see.
4-22
Phenomenon: Hour meter reading of controller is not copied in the
Display indication serviceman mode.
Error code: Errd110 Possible cause: Reading of hour meter, etc. of display is considerably bigger
than the value of controller. (Infringement of copy condition)
Meter return operation was made.
Display EEPROM failure, influence of noise source
Hour meter copy operation in

the servicemen mode
The hour meter reading having been ＹＥＳ

used many times was tried to make
smaller.
Improper operation.
Use the display hour meter as it
ＮＯ stands without replacement or use
the new display.
Hour meter reading of display is

wrong. ＹＥＳ
On a daily basis, Errd002, 003,
004 and 005 appear.
Display Internal memory circuit failure

ＮＯ
There is a noise source in the vicinity

of or on the truck. There is a device ＹＥＳ
that generates the spark, electric wave,
strong electromagnetic wage, etc.
ＮＯ
There is a possibility that access to EEPROM
does not come along OK due to the influence
of noise source nearby.
Remove the noise source, locate the truck
Completed away from noise source. Separate off the
Check the display hour meter reading GND on the noise source side. Get the truck
again. undergone anti-noise treatment ready.
Consultation with our Engineering division is
required.
4-23
Display indication: Error code
“Errd111” to “Errd114”
Individual data copy error

“Errd111”
Hour meter data copy error

“Errd112”
Truck setting data copy error

“Errd113”
Travel hour meter data copy
error

“Errd114”
Mileage data copy error

“Errd116” “Errd117”
Batch data copy error
Description pursuant to Errd110

“Errd115”
At batch copy, hour meter
related data copy error

“Errd116”
At batch copy, travel related
data copy error

“Errd117”

“Errd118”

“Errd119”
No configuration
4-24
[4] When there is an indication of error code (V-ECU Controller error)
SOL: Solenoid
F/R lever: Forward/Reverse shift lever
MT: Manual transmission
AT: Automatic transmission
F/R SOL: Forward/Reverse SOL
Phenomenon: AT Inability to drive MT Error message is indicated
Display indication
Possible cause: Forward SOL and wiring failures, controller failure,
Error code: ErrC000
different specification
Truck is with Manual YES

Transmission.
ＮＯ
Set the F/R lever to the Controller Check the basic

neutral position, turn OFF the setting of code 700 through
seat switch, and turn OFF the 704 in the serviceman mode.
key switch.
Disconnect the connector of

F/R SOL portion and measure
the resistance between white and ＹＥＳ
black and between white and body
ground of wiring for Forward SOL.
Measured value is about 0Ω.
(Normal value:　About 5Ω)
Forward SOL Short circuit in the
ＮＯ coil body Replace the Forward SOL.
Controller Disconnect CN4

and measure the resistance
between CN4-3 (wire number ＹＥＳ
75 Br/B) and body ground.
Forward SOL Body short circuit

ＮＯ between connector and controller
connector
Controller Install the connector Check the wiring, repair when needed.
CN4 to the controller with CN4-3
(wire number 75 Br/B)
disconnected, turn ON the key ＹＥＳ
switch, and take a seat to set the
F/R lever to the F position. At this
time the indication of error code
remains unchanged, ErrC000.
ＮＯ
Check the external wiring again Controller Failure of element for

(including the difference in wiring Forward SOL drive Replace the
specification), check the Forward SOL. controller.
4-25
Phenomenon:　AT Inability to drive　　MT Error message is indicated
Display indication Possible cause: Forward SOL and wiring failures, controller failure,
Error code: ErrC001 different specification

Transmission.
Controller Check the basic
NO setting of code 700 through
704 in the serviceman mode.
“ErrC001” “ErrC003”
YES
and “ErrC009” occur
simultaneously.
There is a possibility that
the controller is out of order.
NO
Refer to the section “ErrC009”
Set the F/R lever to the
neutral position, turn OFF the
seat switch, and turn OFF the
key switch.

Forward/Reverse SOL portion
and measure the resistance YES
between black and white of
wiring for Forward SOL.
Measured value is ∞Ω.
Forward SOL Open circuit in the coil
NO Replace the Forward SOL
Connect the connector of

Forward/Reverse SOL portion,
disconnect the controller CN4, and YES
measure the resistance between
CN4-3 (wire number 75 Br/B)
and body ground. Measured
value is ∞Ω. Connection failure of external wiring.
Check the ground installation point of controller
NO and solenoid. Check the wiring between
connector of Forward SOL and controller
connector. Repair the connector and wiring.
Controller No problem was found
as a result of check of the inside of
YES
CN4 and connector for Forward/Reverse
SOL for corrosion, stain, and contact
failure.
NO
Remove the corrosion and stain Controller Failure of element for

on the connector portion. Forward SOL drive Replace the
Avert the contact failure. controller.
4-26
Phenomenon: AT Inability to drive MT Error message is indicated
Display indication
Possible cause: Forward SOL and wiring failures, controller failure,
Error code: ErrC002
Truck is with Manual ＹＥＳ

Transmission.
ＮＯ

neutral position, turn OFF the setting of code 700 through
seat switch, and turn OFF the 704 in the serviceman mode.
key switch.
NO

F/R SOL portion and measure
the resistance between white and ＹＥＳ
black and between white and body
ground of wiring for Forward SOL.
(Normal value:　About 5Ω)
Forward SOL Short circuit in the
ＮＯ coil body Replace the Forward SOL.
Controller　Disconnect CN4
ＹＥＳ
between CN4-4 (wire number7
6 Lg/B) and body ground.
Forward SOL Body short circuit

connector
Check the wiring, repair when needed.
Controller Install the connector CN4
to the controller with CN4-4 (wire
number 76 Lg/B) disconnected, turn
ＹＥＳ
ON the key switch, take a seat and
set the F/R lever to the R position. At
this time the indication of error code
remains unchanged, ErrC002.
ＮＯ
Check the external wiring again Controller Failure of element

(including the difference in the for Reverse SOL drive Replace
wiring specification), check the the controller.
Reverse SOL.
4-27
Display indication Phenomenon: AT Inability to drive MT Error message is indicated
Error code: ErrC003 Possible cause: Forward SOL and wiring failures, controller failure,

Transmission.
Controller Check the basic

setting of code 700 through
704 in the serviceman mode.
“ErrC001” “ErrC003”
YES
and “ErrC009” occur
simultaneously.
There is a possibility that

NO
the controller is out of order.
Set the F/R lever to the Refer to the section “ErrC009”
seat switch, and turn OFF the
key switch.

Forward/Reverse SOL portion and
YES
black and white of wiring for Reverse
SOL. Measured value is ∞Ω.
Reverse SOL Open circuit in the coil
NO Replace the Reverse SOL

Forward/Reverse SOL portion,
disconnect the controller CN4, and YES
CN4-４ (wire number 76 Lg/B)
and body ground. Measured
value is ∞Ω. Connection failure of external wiring.
Check the ground installation point of
NO controller and solenoid. Check the wiring between
connector of Reverse SOL and controller
YES
CN4 and connector for Forward/Reverse
failure.
NO

on the connector portion. Reverse SOL drive Replace the
4-28
Phenomenon: Inability to perform cargo handling (Lowering of lift)
Display indication Possible cause: Cargo handling SOL and wiring failure, controller
Error code: ErrC004 failure
Set the F/R lever to the neutral

position, cargo handling lever to the
neutral position, turn OFF the seat
switch and turn OFF the key switch.

mast lowering SOL portion,
the power supply and ground of
ＹＥＳ
wiring for mast lowering SOL
and between power supply and
body ground. Measured value is
about 0 Ω. (Normal value: Mast lowering SOL Short circuit
About 9Ω) in coil body. Replace the mast
lowering SOL.
ＮＯ
ＹＥＳ
between CN4-5 (wire number
77 Or/B) and body ground.
Mast lowering SOL Body short
circuit between connector and
ＮＯ
controller connector. Check and
repair the wiring.
Controller Install the connector CN4
to the controller with CN4-5 (wire
number 77 Or/B) disconnected, turn ＹＥＳ
ON the key switch and take a seat.
At this time the indication of error
code remains unchanged, ErrC004.
ＮＯ
Controller Failure of element for

Check the external wiring again,
mast lowering SOL drive
check the mast lowering SOL.
Replace the controller.
4-29
Controller setting check (Specification check):

Check that option OPT3 bit3 is 0 or 1.
In case of without Cargo handling SOL, OPT3 ***1***
*: 0 or 1


mast lowering SOL portion and
ＹＥＳ
wirings for mast lowering SOL.
Measured value is ∞Ω.
Mast lowering SOL Coil is open circuit.
ＮＯ Replace the mast lowering SOL.

mast lowering SOL portion,
disconnect the controller CN4, ＹＥＳ
77 Or/B) and body ground.
Measured value is ∞Ω. Connection failure of external wiring.
ＮＯ controller and mast lowering SOL. Check
the wiring between connector of SOL and
controller connector. Repair the connector
and wiring.

as a result of check of the inside of ＹＥＳ
CN4 and connector for mast lowering
failure.
ＮＯ

on the connector portion. mast lowering SOL drive. Replace
Avert the contact failure. the controller.
4-30

position, cargo handling lever to
the neutral position, turn OFF the
seat switch and turn OFF the key
switch.

mast unload SOL portion, measure
the resistance between the power
supply and ground of wiring for mast ＹＥＳ
unload SOL and between power
supply and body ground. Measured
value is about 0 Ω. (Normal value:
About 9Ω) Mast unload SOL Short circuit in the
coil body. Replace the mast unload SOL.
ＮＯ

and measure the resistance ＹＥＳ
78 Gy/B) and body ground.
Mast unload SOL Body short circuit

connector Check the wiring, repair.
Controller Install the connector

(wire number 78 Gy/B) disconnected, ＹＥＳ
turn ON the key switch and take a seat.
At this time the indication of error
code remains unchanged, ErrC006.
ＮＯ
Controller Failure of element for

Check the external wiring again.
mast unload SOL drive Replace
Check the mast unload SOL.
the controller.
4-31

In case of without Cargo handling SOL, OPT3 ***1***
*: 0 or 1

Disconnect the connector of mast

unload SOL portion and measure the ＹＥＳ
resistance between wirings for mast
unload SOL. Measured value is ∞Ω.
Mast unload SOL Open circuit in coil.

ＮＯ Replace the mast unload SOL.
Connect the connector of mast

unload SOL portion, disconnect
the controller CN4, and measure ＹＥＳ
the resistance between CN4-6
(wire number 78 Gy/B) and body
ground. Measured value is ∞Ω.
Connection failure of external wiring.
ＮＯ
controller and SOL, check the wiring between
connector of mast unload SOL and controller
connector, repair the connector and wiring.

as a result of check of the inside of ＹＥＳ
CN4 and connector for mast unload
failure.
ＮＯ

on the connector portion. mast unload SOL drive Replace
Avert the contact failure. the controller.
4-32
Display indication Phenomenon: Truck can not travel. (Exclusive of MT)
Error code: ErrC008 Possible cause: Short circuit in the internal power supply
circuit element of controller

Whenever turning ON the

key switch again, and try to YES
engine start or travel,
ErrC008 occurs.
NO

key switch again, and try to YES
ErrC008 occurs.
NO
Check the developmental state of Controller Failure of element for

error for about 1 hour. If the error Forward/Reverse SOL drive and
does not occur, wait and see for a power supply element for starter
while and if an error occurs again, rely Replace the controller.
replace the controller.
4-33
Display indication Phenomenon: Starter does not work. Truck can not travel.
Error code: ErrC009 (Exclusive of MT)
Possible cause: Open circuit in the internal power supply
circuit element of the controller
In the case of AT, CT(Foot Direction Control),

“ErrC001” and “ErrC003” occur
simultaneously.


key switch again, and try to ＹＥＳ
ErrC009 occurs.
ＮＯ

key switch again, and try to ＹＥＳ
ErrC009 occurs.
ＮＯ
Check the developmental state of Controller Failure of element for

error for about 1 hour. If the error Forward/Reverse SOL drive and
does not occur, wait and see for a power supply element for starter
while and if an error occurs again, rely Replace the controller.
replace the controller.
4-34
Display indication Phenomenon: Starter does not work.
Error code: ErrC0010 Possible cause: Failure of starter relay and wiring, controller failure

position, set the cargo handling
lever to the neutral position and
turn OFF the key switch.
Remove the starter relay from the

relay box and measure the resistance ＹＥＳ
between relay coils. Measured value is
about 0Ω. (Normal value is about
100Ω)
Starter relay Short circuit in the coil.

ＮＯ Replace the starter relay.
9 W/B) and body ground.
Starter relay Body short circuit

connector. Check the wiring and
repair.

(wire number 9 W/B) disconnected,
ＹＥＳ
turn ON the key switch, and then turn
ON the starter. At this time the
indication of error code remains
unchanged, ErrC010.
ＮＯ
Check the external wiring again, Controller Failure of element for

check the starter relay. starter relay drive Replace the
controller.。
4-35
Display indication Phenomenon: Starter does not work.
Error code: ErrC0011 Possible cause: Failure of starter relay and wiring, controller failure

position, set the cargo handling
lever to the neutral position and
turn OFF the key switch.
Remove the starter relay from

the relay box, measure the resistance ＹＥＳ
between relay coils. Measures value
is ∞Ω.
Starter relay Open circuit in coil.
ＮＯ Replace the starter relay.
ＹＥＳ
9 W/B) and body ground.
Connection failure of external wiring. Check
the ground installation point of controller and
ＮＯ starter relay. Check the wiring between
starter relay connector and controller
Controller No problem was found as a

result of check of the inside of CN4 and ＹＥＳ
holder for starter relay as to the presence
of corrosion, stain, and contact failure.
ＮＯ

on the relay holder portion. starter relay drive Replace the
Avert the contact failure controller.
4-36
Display indication Phenomenon: Speed meter system does not work.
Error code: ErrC0012 Possible cause: Failure of pickup sensor or wiring, failure
of controller
Does water get into the inside

of speed sensor connector? ＹＥＳ
Or is it short circuit? (YES:
Short circuit)
ＮＯ Drying, connector cleaning, waterproof

treatment, repair the connector.
Controller　Disconnect CN4 and measure the

resistance between CN4-9 (wire number 83 B) and
CN4-10 (wire number 82 W) and the resistance between
ＹＥＳ
CN4-10 (wire number 82W) and body ground. The
resistance of either one is about 0Ω.
Is there any other wiring contact? (YES: There is a
defect)
ＮＯ
Repair
Check that there is a noise

source (device that generates
electromagnetic wage, strong ＹＥＳ
electric wave, spark, etc). If such
device does not exist in the
vicinity, special optional device
is installed.
There is an influence of noise
source. Locate the truck away
ＮＯ from noise source. It is necessary
to give thought to the installation
of optional device.
Did the display indication return ＹＥＳ

to normal by replacing the speed
sensor?
ＮＯ
Short circuit in internal circuit

of controller Speed sensor failure
4-37
Display indication Phenomenon: Speed meter system does not work.
Error code: ErrC0013 Possible cause: Failure of pickup sensor or wiring, failure
of controller
Controller setting check (Specification check)

In the case of without speed meter, OPT2 +*** 0***
*: 0 or 1
Is the speed sensor

ＹＥＳ
connector disconnected?
(YES: Disconnected)
ＮＯ Connect it
Controller　Disconnect CN4, the resistance of

either one of between CN4-9 (wire number 83 B) and
connector from which the speed sensor was removed
ＹＥＳ
and between CN4-10 (wire number 82 W)
and sensor connector (wire number 82 W) is about 0Ω.
Is there any other wiring contact failure?
(YES: There is defect)
Repair
ＮＯ
Check that there is a noise source

(device that generates electromagnetic
wage, strong electric wave, spark, etc). ＹＥＳ
If such device does not exist in the
vicinity, special optional device is
installed.
There is an influence of noise source.
Locate the truck away from noise source.
It is necessary to give thought to the
installation of optional device.
Did the display indication return

ＹＥＳ
to normal by replacing the speed
sensor?
ＮＯ
Short circuit in internal circuit

of controller Speed sensor failure
4-38
Display indication Phenomenon: Steering knob misalignment occurs frequently.
Error code: ErrC014 Possible cause: Failure of steering knob misalignment correction
SOL and wiring failure to controller

neutral position, cargo
handling lever to the neutral
position, turn OFF the seat
switch and turn OFF the
key switch.

steering knob misalignment
correction SOL portion, measure
the resistance between power supply
of wire for steering knob ＹＥＳ
misalignment correction SOL
and ground and between power
supply and body ground. Measured
value is about 0Ω. (normal value Steering knob misalignment correction
is about 7Ω) SOL Short circuit in the coil body.
Replace the steering knob misalignment
correction SOL.
ＮＯ

ＹＥＳ
79 P/B) and body ground.
Steering knob misalignment
correction SOL Body short
ＮＯ circuit between connector and
controller connector. Check the
wiring and repair it where needed.
(wire number 79 P/B) disconnected, ＹＥＳ
turn ON the key switch, and take a
seat. At this time the indication of
error code remains unchanged,
ErrC014.
ＮＯ
Check the external wiring again; Controller Failure of element for

check the steering knob steering knob misalignment
misalignment correction SOL. correction SOL drive. Replace
the controller.
4-39
Phenomenon: Steering knob misalignment occurs frequently.
Display indication Possible cause: Failure of steering knob misalignment correction
Error code: ErrC015 SOL and wiring failure to controller

neutral position, cargo
handling lever to the neutral
position, turn OFF the seat
switch and turn OFF the
key switch.

correction SOL portion and ＹＥＳ
wirings for steering knob
misalignment correction SOL.
Measured value is ∞Ω. Steering knob misalignment correction
SOL Open circuit in the coil. Replace the
ＮＯ steering knob misalignment correction SOL.

correction SOL portion, disconnect
ＹＥＳ
the controller CN4, and measure
the resistance between CN4-2
(wire number 79 P/B) and body
ground. Measured value is ∞Ω.
Failure of external wiring connection.
ＮＯ controller and SOL. Check the wiring
between connector of steering knob
misalignment correction SOL and controller

ＹＥＳ
CN4 and connector for steering knob
misalignment correction SOL for
corrosion, stain, and contact failure.
ＮＯ

on the connector portion. mast lowering. Replace the
4-40
Display indication Phenomenon:
Error code: ErrC016 Possible cause:
No configuration
Display indication Phenomenon:

Error code: ErrC017 Possible cause:
No configuration
4-41
Display indication Possible cause: Failure of trail sensor and wiring, failure of
Error code: ErrC018 controller
(Refer to check of ErrC030, 031 and 032)
“ErrC031” and “ErrC018” may occur

simultaneously.
Is there water immersion

or short circuit occurred in ＹＥＳ
the trail sensor connector?
(YES: Short circuit)
Drying, waterproof treatment.

ＮＯ Repair the connector.
(Caution: If the trail sensor is removed from

the truck, the check becomes meaningless.
Therefore, the check shall be made with the
trail sensor installed to the truck and handle
put near center. ) Remove the connector of ＹＥＳ
trail sensor portion and measure the resistance
between the middle of sensor connector and
both end terminals. Measured value is about 0 Short circuit within the trail sensor
Ω. (Normal value: About 1kΩ if the steering Replace the trail sensor.
sensor is situated at the center).
ＮＯ
After connecting the trail sensor to

the connector, disconnect the
controller’s CN3 and measure the ＹＥＳ
resistance between CN3-10 (wire
number 84 G/Or) and CN3-11 (wire
number 85 W). Measured value is
about 0Ω. Trail sensor Short circuit between
connector and controller connector.
Check the wiring and repair it where
ＮＯ needed.
Did normal condition prevail by ＹＥＳ

replacing the trail sensor?
ＮＯ
Short circuit in the internal

circuit of controller Failure of trail sensor
4-42
Display indication Possible cause: Failure of trail sensor and wiring, failure of
Error code: ErrC019 controller
(Refer to check of ErrC030, 031 and 032)
“ErrC030” and “ErrC019” may occur

simultaneously.
Is the trail sensor

ＹＥＳ
(YES: disconnected)
ＮＯ Connect it
Disconnect the connector of trail sensor

portion and measure the resistance between
terminals at both ends of sensor connector.
Measured value is ∞Ω. (Normal value: About
2KΩ).
Open circuit within the trail sensor
ＮＯ Replace the trail sensor.
After connecting the trail sensor to the

connector, disconnect the controller’s CN3
and measure the resistance between ＹＥＳ
CN3-10 (wire number 84 G/Or) and
CN3-12 (wire number 86 B). Measured
value is about 0Ω. Trail sensor Short circuit between
ＮＯ Check the wiring and repair it where
needed.
Turn ON the key switch and measure

the voltage between trail sensor
connector terminals No. 86 and 84. ＹＥＳ
Measured value is 0V (Normal value:
About 5V). Turn OFF the key switch
after check.
Did normal condition prevail by ＹＥＳ

replacing the trail sensor?
ＮＯ
Open circuit in the internal Failure of trail sensor Open circuit in the internal
circuit of controller circuit of controller
Replace the controller. Replace the controller.
4-43
Phenomenon: AT Inability to drive MT Error message is displayed.
Display indication
Possible cause: Contact failure of F/R switch, controller failure,
Error code: ErrC020

Transmission.
ＮＯ

neutral position, turn OFF the settings from code 700 through
seat switch and turn OFF the 704 in the serviceman mode.
key switch.
Disconnect the connector

of F/R lever position, when the
manipulation of F switch, neutral
switch and R switch are made, ＹＥＳ
some contacts have a continuity
not conforming to the manipulation.
(Check the continuity of each
F/R switch failure
contact with tester)
Replace the F/R switch.
ＮＯ

75 Br/B) and body ground.
Forward SOL Short circuit

between connector and controller
ＮＯ connector.
Check the wiring and repair it
where needed.
Did normal condition recover ＹＥＳ

by replacing the F/R switch?
ＮＯ
Open circuit in the internal F/R switch failure

circuit of controller
4-44
Display indication Phenomenon: Operation management data is not updated. It is
Error code: ErrC021 not updated even though the setting has been made.
Possible cause: Failure of memory in the controller, external noise
Error always occurs at either one

of turning ON of key switch, turning ＹＥＳ
OFF of key switch and making a
setting change.
ＮＯ
Error may occur sometimes at

either one of turning ON of key ＹＥＳ
switch, turning OFF of key switch
and making a setting change.
ＮＯ
ＮＯ Operation management ＹＥＳ

data is not updated.
There is a noise source close to

or on the truck. ＹＥＳ
The devices that generate spark,
electric wave, strong
electromagnetic wage, etc.
ＮＯ
There is a possibility that access to

EEPROM does not come along OK
due to the influence of noise source
Make a check again after nearby. Breakdown of controller’s
operating the truck for about Remove the noise source, locate the internal memory (EEPROM)
30 minutes. truck away from noise source. Replace the controller.
If it occurs again, consult our Separate off the GND on the noise
Engineering. source side. Get the truck undergone
anti-noise treatment ready.
Consultation with our Engineering is
required.
4-45
Display indication Phenomenon: Starter does not work. Impossible to drive.
Error code: ErrC022 Operation management data is not updated. Operation management data
is not updated even though the settings have been changed.
Possible cause: Failure of internal memory of the controller, external noise
Starter does not work. ＹＥＳ

Or impossible to drive.
There is a possibility of corrupted stored value in the

ＮＯ controller. Check the set value of controller as well.
If resetting is not available, replace the controller.
Breakdown of internal memory of the controller.
Error always occurs at either one

of turning ON of key switch, turning ＹＥＳ
OFF of key switch and making a
setting change.
ＮＯ
Error may occur sometimes at

either one of turning ON of key ＹＥＳ
switch, turning OFF of key switch
and making a setting change.
ＮＯ
ＮＯ Operation management ＹＥＳ

data is not updated.
There is a noise source

close to or on the truck.
ＹＥＳ
The devices that generate spark,
electric wave, strong
electromagnetic wage, etc.
ＮＯ There is a possibility that access to

EEPROM does not come along OK
due to the influence of noise source
Make a check again after nearby.
operating the truck for about Remove the noise source, locate the
Breakdown of controller’s
30 minutes. truck away from noise source.
internal memory (EEPROM)
If it occurs again, consult our Separate off the GND on the noise
Engineering. source side. Get the truck undergone
Consultation with our Engineering is
required.
4-46
Phenomenon: Impossible to change the display or setting
Display indication
Possible cause: Faulty wiring between display and controller
Error code: ErrC023
Display or controller failure.
Disconnect CN5 of display and

CN4 of controller, check the
continuity among CN5-18 (wire ＹＥＳ
number 93 B), CN3-15 (wire number
93 B) of controller and body ground.
There is no continuity.
ＮＯ
Break in wiring, repair it where
needed.
Disconnect CN5 of display and CN4 of

controller, when check is made on the
continuity among CN5-19 (wire number
ＹＥＳ
92 B), CN3-14 (wire number 93 B) of
controller and body ground, there is no
continuity. Or, there is continuity between
said wirings and body ground.４
Break in the wiring, short circuit

in the body. Repair the wiring.
ＮＯ
Did normal condition recover ＹＥＳ

by replacing the display?
ＮＯ
Short circuit in the internal Short circuit or open circuit in the

circuit of controller internal circuit of display. Replace
Replace the controller. the display.
4-47
Phenomenon: External option does not work.
Display indication
Possible cause: Settings of option 4 and 5 have been made even
Error code: ErrC024
though the external option is not connected.
Wiring is not connected with external option (RTV-ECU, ECMetc.)
Option settings OPT 4 and

5 have been made even ＹＥＳ
though there is no external
option (RTV-ECU, etc.).
Set the option settings OPT 4 and 5 all “0”.

ＮＯ
Communication wire between

V-ECU (STD controller) and
external option controller ＹＥＳ
(RTV-ECU, etc.) is not
connected. Break in CN3-16, 17
or 18 of V-ECU. Check V-ECU CN3-16, 17 and 18. Connect them
if they are not connected, and if there is a break,
check the cause of break and then repair it.
ＮＯ
Check the external OP controller communication
line and repair it if there is a problem.
Power is not supplied to

the external option ＹＥＳ
controller or it is
impossible to turn ON.
Check the power supply line. If it is not
ＮＯ connected, connect it and if there is a break,
repair it.
Though the external option

controller was turned ON, the ＹＥＳ
life LED of external controller
does not work. (lighted/blinking
while working)
Power line failure of external option controller
or breakdown of external option
ＮＯ Replace the power line wiring/external option
controller. (RTV-ECU, etc.)
There is a possibility of communication

element failure of V-ECU or external ＹＥＳ
option controller. Error disappears when
each controller was replaced with other
controller and check was made.
Communication element failure Replace the
V-ECU/external option controller (RTV-ECU,
etc.)
ＮＯ
Check again from the beginning.
4-48
Phenomenon: Impossible to display the load meter (Impossible to
Display indication
calculate the operation management load).
Error code: ErrC026
Possible cause: Wiring fault between pressure sensor and
controller, Controller failure

In case of without load weight, OPT2 ***0***
Is the pressure sensor *: 0 or 1
Corroded condition prevails in the ＹＥＳ
pressure sensor connector? (YES:
Connector is disconnected or
corroded).
Connect or
ＮＯ repair

pressure sensor portion and measure
the resistance between terminals at ＹＥＳ
both ends of sensor connector.
Measured value is ∞Ω. (Normal
value: About 2KΩ)
Open circuit in the pressure sensor.
ＮＯ Replace the pressure sensor.
After connecting the pressure sensor

to the connector, disconnect CN3 of
controller and measure the resistance ＹＥＳ
between CN3-10 (wire number 84 G/Or)
and CN3-5 (wire number 98 Gy/L).
Measured value is about 0Ω. Pressure sensor Short circuit between
ＮＯ Check the wiring and repair it when
needed.
Turn ON the key switch and measure

the voltage between terminals (number
98 and number 84) of pressure sensor ＹＥＳ
connector. Measured value is 0V.
(Normal value: About 5V)
Turn OFF the key switch after check.
ＮＯ
Did normal condition ＹＥＳ

recover by replacing the
pressure sensor?
ＮＯ
Short circuit in the internal Pressure sensor Short circuit in the internal
circuit of controller failure circuit of controller
Replace the controller. Replace the controller.
4-49
Phenomenon: Impossible to start an engine
Display indication
Possible cause: Excessive load on the electric system of truck
Error code: ErrC027
Overdischarge of battery, battery dead

seat switch and turn OFF the
key switch.
Measurement of voltage between

ＹＥＳ
both ends of battery results in
10V or less.
Overdischarge of battery or battery dead

Charge the battery or replace the battery.
ＮＯ
Turn ON the key switch while

measuring the voltage at both ends
of battery (without starting an engine), ＹＥＳ
take a seat, and turn ON the option
switch if equipped with option
equipment. The voltage is 8V or less.
Excessive external load, overdischarge of
battery, battery dead. Turn OFF the
optional equipment at starting an engine.
ＮＯ
Charge or replace the battery.
Did normal condition recover

by replacing the battery with ＹＥＳ
new battery (Voltage 12V or
more)?
ＮＯ
Impossible to measure the voltage

on internal circuit of controller. Battery failure
4-50
Phenomenon: Starter works for 10 seconds by only turning ON the
Display indication
key switch.
Error code: ErrC028
Starter cannot work after the error occurred. Leave the key switch
OFF for a while and turn ON the key switch again. Starter works for 10
seconds.
Set the F/R lever to the Possible cause: Short circuit in starter (KEY-ST) line.
neutral position, turn OFF Short circuit inside the controller
the seat switch and turn
OFF the key switch.

and measure the voltage between
ＹＥＳ
CN3-7 (wire number 8 B/R) and
body. There is an input of close
to 12V.
There is a possibility of short circuit between battery
ＮＯ line (Wire color W, etc.) and starter line (wire number
8 B/R). Repair the point with short circuit.

and measure the voltage between
ＹＥＳ
CN3-7 (wire number 8 B/R) and
body with key switch turned ON.
There is an input close to 12V.
When the connector leading to the key
switch is disconnected and key switch is
turned ON, measure the resistance ＹＥＳ
ＮＯ between AM and ST of key switch.
Measured value is of the order of several
Ω. (close to 0Ω)
ＮＯ
There is a possibility Short circuit in the

When turning OFF the key of short circuit between key switch.
switch, insert CN3 of controller ING line (wire number Replace the key
ＹＥＳ 7 W/L) and starter line switch.
again and turn ON the key switch
again, the starter works for 10 (wire number 8 B/R).
seconds or more. Check the point with
short circuit in the
wiring and repair it.
ＮＯ (insulating)
Short circuit in the starter relay portion

Starter relay
Check the wire number 9 W/B line. Repair the point with short circuit.
With turning ON of key switch, 　　ＹＥＳ

the starter works for 10 seconds.
ＮＯ
Rare short circuit in the internal circuit of controller. Short circuit in the internal
Check it again and if error occurs more than twice circuit of controller
continuously, replace the controller. Replace the controller.
If reproduction is not possible, wait and see for about 1 day.
If reproduction can be made, replace the controller.
4-51
Display indication
Error code: ErrC029
No configuration
Phenomenon: Steering knob misalignment occurs.

Display indication Possible cause: Insufficient steering sensor pulse input, controller
Error code: ErrC030 circuit failure.
Machine side: Defect of hydraulic pump, orbitrol, trail cylinder
Oil leakage from steering system
Get into the serviceman mode, select trail center

storage or switch monitor to start an engine.
Refer to the section “Steering trail setting”.
“ErrC030” and “ErrC019” may occur simultaneously.
Software version of ＹＥＳ

controller is ver100.
ＮＯ Loosen the screws of trail sensor, turn

ＮＯ the sensor to the left (right) to the limit. ＹＥＳ
And then, tighten the screws,
subsequently the error does not occur.
Input of steering sensor Wait and see.

ＹＥＳ
data and trail steering sensor
is not always made normally.
Check the wiring of steering and trail sensors and controller.

NO Replace the defective parts. Refer to the adjustment check
in the section “Steering and trail setting”.
Sometimes, the input of

steering sensor data and trail ＹＥＳ
steering sensor is not made
normally.
ＮＯ
Insufficient installation and tightening of
trail sensor. Installation of steering sensor
ＮＯＹＥＳ
is proper? Check that the sensor pawl gets
hooked on the steering. There is a
problem in either of them.
There is a possibility of mechanical system defect. Maladjustment of sensor, repair

Check the problem of orbitrol, trail cylinder and the installation of steering and
hydraulic pump and steering related oil leakage. trail sensors.
For more information about check, check shall If this is convenient, store the
be made according to the truck troubleshooting. trail center again.
4-52
Phenomenon:　Steering knob misalignment occurs.
Display indication
Possible cause: Steering sensor pulse input failure, controller circuit
Error code: ErrC031
failure.
Oil leakage from steering system, etc.
Get into the serviceman mode,

select trail center storage or switch
monitor to start an engine. Refer to
section “Steering and trail setting”.
Input of steering sensor ＹＥＳ

Check the wiring of steering and trail sensors
and controller. Replace the defective parts.
NO
Refer to the adjustment check in the section
“Steering and trail setting”.

normally.
ＮＯ
ＮＯ trail sensor. Installation of steering sensor ＹＥＳ
There is a noise source close to

or on the truck.
Device that generates spark, radio 　　ＹＥＳ
wave or strong electromagnetic wave
(equipment altered and installed by
the customer)
ＮＯ
There is a possibility of mechanical There is a possibility that access to Maladjustment of

system defect. EEPROM does not come along OK due sensor, repair the
Check the problem of orbitrol, trail to the influence of noise source nearby. installation of steering
cylinder and hydraulic pump and Remove the noise source, locate the and trail sensors. If
steering related oil leakage. truck away from noise source. If it is this is convenient,
For more information about check, mounted, separate off the GND on the store the trail center
check shall be made according to noise source side. Get the truck again.
the truck troubleshooting. undergone anti-noise treatment ready.
Consultation with our Engineering is required.
4-53
Phenomenon:　Steering knob misalignment occurs.
Display indication Possible cause: Steering sensor pulse input failure, controller circuit
Error code: ErrC032 failure.
Oil leakage from steering system, etc.
Get into the serviceman mode,

select trail center storage or switch
monitor to start an engine. Refer to
section “Steering and trail setting”.
Input of steering sensor

ＹＥＳ
Check the wiring of steering and trail sensors

and controller. Replace the defective parts.
NO Refer to the adjustment check in the section
“Steering and trail setting”.

normally.
NO
ＮＯ trail sensor. Installation of steering sensor ＹＥＳ
There is a noise source close to or

on the truck.
Device that generates spark, radio wave 　　ＹＥＳ
or strong electromagnetic wave
(equipment altered and installed by
the customer)
NO
There is a possibility of mechanical There is a possibility that access to Maladjustment of

system defect. EEPROM does not come along OK due sensor, repair the
Check the problem of orbitrol, trail to the influence of noise source nearby. installation of steering
cylinder and hydraulic pump and Remove the noise source, locate the and trail sensors. If
steering related oil leakage. truck away from noise source. If it is this is convenient,
For more information about check, mounted, separate off the GND on the store the trail center
check shall be made according to noise source side. Get the truck again.
the truck troubleshooting. undergone anti-noise treatment ready.
Consultation with our Engineering is required.
4-54
Display indication
Error code: ErrC033
Display indication Display indication

Error code: ErrC034 Error code: ErrC035


No configuration No configuration





No configuration No configuration
4-55
Phenomenon: Steering knob misalignment occurs. Impossible to make load measurement
Display indication
Possible cause: Short circuit in the sensor power supply line
Error code: ErrC050
Short circuit in the connector, Power supply element failure of sensor in the controller
Ａ
Turn OFF the key switch and
disconnect the trail sensor connector.
Measure the voltage of both ends of
connector for pressure sensor connection
(truck side). Measured value is about 5V or ＹＥＳ
less. Measurement shall be made by making
Is there water immersion side B between (wire number 84 G/Or) and
or short circuit occurred in ＹＥＳ (wire number 98 B) grounded.
the trail sensor connector?
(YES: Short circuit) ＮＯ The body harness sensor
Drying, waterproof power supply line (wire number
treatment. Repair 84 G/Or) is short circuited
ＮＯ
the connector. with body between trail
sensors. Determine the point
ErrorC050 is not displayed with short circuit and repair it.
ＹＥＳ
once turning ON the key (Perform insulation with body)
switch.
Short circuit within Turn OFF the key switch
ＮＯ
the trail sensor and disconnect the trail ＹＥＳ
Replace the trail sensor. With turning ON
Measure the voltage of sensor. of key switch, ErrC05
both ends of connector appears. Short circuit in the
for trail sensor connection internal circuit of
(truck side). Measured value controllerReplace
ＹＥＳＮＯ
is about 5V or less. the controller.
Measurement shall be made
by making side B between ＹＥＳ
(wire number 84 G/Or) and ErrC051 appears.
(wire number 86 B)
grounded. ＮＯ
There is a short
ＮＯ circuit in the harness
Turn OFF the key switch and outside of controller.
disconnect both trail and Check the harness
Turn OFF the key switch and disconnect pressure sensors.
the pressure sensor connector. again.
Disconnect CN3 of controller.
ＮＯ
ＮＯ
Is there water immersion
or short circuit occurred ＹＥＳ Measure the resistance
in the pressure sensor between (wire number 84
connector? (YES: Short G/Or) and (wire number 86 ＹＥＳ
circuit) B) with the trail sensor,
Drying, waterproof
pressure sensor and CN3
treatment. Repair
ＮＯ of controller disconnected.
the connector.
Measured value is 0Ω.
ErrorC050 is not ＹＥＳ The body harness sensor
displayed once turning ＮＯ power supply line (wire
ON the key switch. number 84 G/Or) is
short circuited with body
ＮＯ Short circuit within Trail sensor failure between trail sensors.
the trail sensor Determine the point with
Replace the trail short circuit and repair it.
sensor. (Perform insulation with
Ａ
body)
4-56
Phenomenon: Steering knob misalignment occurs. Impossible to
Display indication
make load measurement
Error code: ErrC051
Possible cause: Open circuit in the sensor power supply line
Open circuit in the connector, Power supply element failure of
sensor in the controller
Are the connectors of both

trail and pressure sensor
disconnected? Corroded
ＹＥＳ
condition prevails in the trail
and pressure sensor
connectors? (YES: Connector
is disconnected or corroded).
Connect and repair.
Preservative treatment,
restoration treatment on contact
ＮＯ
Disconnect the controller

connector CN3 and check the
connecting terminal portion. ＹＥＳ
There is a corrosion and
adhesion of insulating material.
Or the terminal is broken. Connect and repair.
Preservative treatment,
restoration treatment on contact
Broken terminal on the controller
ＮＯ side: Replace the controller.
Measure the resistance between

controller connector CN3 truck ＹＥＳ
side harness CN3-10 and CN3-12.
Measured value is ∞. (Several
KΩ when normal)
ＮＯ
Short circuit in the internal Open circuit in the sensor power supply line
circuit of controller between trail sensor and controller and between
Replace the controller. pressure sensor and controller. Identify the broken
point and repair it. Anti-break measures are
required.
4-57
Display indication
Error code: ErrC052
Display indication
Error code: ErrC053
Display indication
Error code: ErrC054
Display indication
Error code: ErrC055
Display indication
Error code: ErrC056
Display indication
Error code: ErrC057
Display indication
Error code: ErrC058
Display indication
Error code: ErrC059
No configuration
4-58
Phenomenon: Impossible to write and check the maintenance data,
Display indication indicated value is improper.
Error code: ErrC060 Impossible to rewrite the EEPROM data.
Possible cause: EEPROM failure, Effect by the noise source.
ErrC060 always appears when

the truck has been left to stand
for 3 minutes after turning OFF ＹＥＳ
the key switch or when turning
ON the key switch after
removal of battery.
ＮＯ
ErrC060 sometimes appears

when the truck has been left to
stand for 3 minutes after turning ＹＥＳ
OFF the key switch or when
turning ON the key switch after
removal of battery.
ＮＯ
Impossible to set the
ＮＯ maintenance date again ＹＥＳ
in the serviceman mode
(Displayed value is not
correct.)

Devices that generate ＹＥＳ
spark, radio wave or
strong electromagnetic
wave, etc.
ＮＯ
If this error appears There is a possibility that access to Breakdown of internal

frequently, consult our EEPROM does not come along OK due memory of controller
Engineering division. to the influence of noise source nearby. (EEPROM).
Remove the noise source, locate the Replace the controller.
truck away from noise source.
Separate off the GND on the noise
source side. Get the truck undergone
Consultation with our Engineering
division is required.
4-59
Phenomenon: Starter does not work. Truck does not travel.
Display indication
EEPROM data is not rewritten.
Error code: ErrC061
Possible cause: EEPROM failure. Influence of noise source.

removal of battery.
ＮＯ

removal of battery.
ＮＯ
Impossible to make
settings of truck setting
ＮＯ code 700 through 704 in ＹＥＳ
the serviceman mode
(Displayed value is not
correct).

wave, etc.
ＮＯ
If this error appears There is a possibility that access to Breakdown of internal

frequently, consult our EEPROM does not come along OK due memory of controller
Engineering division. to the influence of noise source nearby. (EEPROM).
Remove the noise source, locate the Replace the controller.
truck away from noise source. Separate
off the GND on the noise source side.
Get the truck undergone anti-noise
treatment ready. Consultation with our
Engineering division is required.
4-60
Phenomenon: Steering knob misalignment occurs. Stored value is
Display indication
improper. EEPROM data is not rewritten.
Error code: ErrC062

removal of battery.
ＮＯ

removal of battery.
ＮＯ
Impossible to make setting

ＮＯ of trail center again in the ＹＥＳ
serviceman mode (Stored
value is not correct or
changed value)

wave, etc.
ＮＯ
If this error appears There is a possibility that access Breakdown of internal

frequently, consult our to EEPROM does not come along memory of controller
Engineering division. OK due to the influence of noise (EEPROM).
source nearby. Replace the controller.
Remove the noise source, locate
the truck away from noise source.
source side. Get the truck
undergone anti-noise treatment
ready. Consultation with our
4-61
Display indication Phenomenon: Password was not allowed. Impossible to store the
Error code: ErrC063 password. Stored password is not correct.

removal of battery.
ＮＯ

removal of battery.
ＮＯ
of password again in the
ＮＯ serviceman mode. (Password ＹＥＳ
value is not correct) Approval
operation of password does
not start (impossible to
approve the password)

wave, etc.
ＮＯ

4-62
Phenomenon: Optional function does not work. (Speed meter, load
Display indication
meter, headlight reminder, seat switch operation, etc.) Impossible to
Error code: ErrC064
make setting of optional function
Set value is not correct.

removal of battery.
ＮＯ

removal of battery.
ＮＯ
of optional function again in
ＮＯ the serviceman mode. (Set ＹＥＳ
value of optional function is
not correct). Optional
function does not work.

wave, etc.
ＮＯ

4-63
Display indication Phenomenon: External option does not work. Impossible to make
Error code: ErrC065 setting of external option. Set value is not correct.

removal of battery.
ＮＯ

removal of battery.
ＮＯ
of external function in the
ＮＯ serviceman mode. (Set value ＹＥＳ
of external function is not
correct). External function
does not work.

wave, etc.
ＮＯ

4-64
Display indication Phenomenon: Controller error is not stored.
Error code: ErrC066 Value to be displayed as a controller error is improper.

removal of battery.
ＮＯ

removal of battery.
ＮＯ
Controller can not store the
error information even if the
ＮＯ error occurs in the controller. ＹＥＳ
Check the serviceman mode:
New error history of controller
is not stored, nor displayed.

wave, etc.
ＮＯ

4-65
Phenomenon: Controller error is not stored.
Display indication Value to be displayed as a controller error is improper.
Error code: ErrC067 EEPROM data is not rewritten.

removal of battery.
ＮＯ

removal of battery.
ＮＯ
Controller can not store the
error information even if the
ＮＯ error occurs in the display. ＹＥＳ
Check the serviceman mode:
New error history of display
is not stored, nor displayed.

wave, etc.
ＮＯ

4-66
Phenomenon: Impossible to check the operation management.
Display indication
Operation management data is not updated. Value to be displayed as
Error code: ErrC068
an operation management data is improper.

removal of battery.
ＮＯ

removal of battery.
ＮＯ
When an operation
ＮＯ management data was checked, ＹＥＳ
data is not updated. Indicated
value is improper.

wave, etc.
ＮＯ

4-67
Phenomenon: Mileage data (sub hour meter related) is not updated.
Display indication
Hour meter reading is improper.
Error code: ErrC069

removal of battery.
ＮＯ

removal of battery.
ＮＯ
of maintenance data again
ＮＯ in the serviceman mode. ＹＥＳ
(As reconfiguration is not
available, error code does
not disappear.)

wave, etc.
ＮＯ

4-68
Phenomenon: Hour meter reading of controller is not copied in the
Display indication
serviceman mode.
Error code: ErrC120
Possible cause: Reading of hour meter, etc. of display is considerably
bigger than the value of controller. (Infringement of copy condition)
Meter return operation was made.
Display EEPROM failure, influence of noise source
Hour meter copy operation

in the servicemen mode
Try to make the hour meter ＹＥＳ

reading of controller having
been used many times smaller
Improper work.
Use the controller hour
ＮＯ
meter as it stands without
replacement or use new
controller.
Hour meter reading of

display is wrong. ＹＥＳ
On a daily basis, ErrC021,
022 and 069 appear.
Controller Internal memory

ＮＯ circuit failure
There is a noise source in the

vicinity of or on the truck. ＹＥＳ
There are devices that generate
spark, radio wave or strong
electromagnetic wave, etc.
ＮＯ
There is a possibility that access
to EEPROM does not come along
OK due to the influence of noise
If this error appears
source nearby.
frequently, consult our
完了 Remove the noise source, locate
Engineering division.
4-69
“ErrC121”, “ErrC123”, “ErrC124”
Individual data copy error
Display indication
Error code: ErrC121
Hour meter data copy error
Display indication
Error code: ErrC123
Travel hour meter data copy error
Display indication
Error code: ErrC124 Description pursuant to ErrC120
Mileage data copy error

“ErrC125”, “ErrC126”
Batch data copy error
Display indication
Error code: ErrC125
At batch copying, hour meter
related data copy error
Display indication
Error code: ErrC126
At batch copying, travel related
data copy error
Display indication
Error code: ErrC122
Display indication
Error code: ErrC127
No configuration
4-70
[5] Speed Limit (Electronic controlled GAS/LPG engine)
　Do the troubleshooting after understanding the feature of the speed limit.
　Refer to the section "Speed Limit" in chapter 3.
（１）When there is no indication of error code on the display
The speed limit doesn't operate.
It is not Electronic ＹＥＳ

controlled GAS/LPG engine
vehicle.
The speed limit cannot be set.

ＮＯ
The soft version of vehicle ＹＥＳ

controller (V-ECU) is 1.07
or less.
The soft version of vehicle

ＮＯ controller (V-ECU) is updated to
1.08 or more.
Complete parts of the ＹＥＳ

speed limit specification
are not installed.
Install speed sensor, wire harness

ＮＯ and switch for the speed limit.
There is no input signal of

the speed limit selection ＹＥＳ
switch or the switch is not
connected with engine
controller (ECM).
Replace switch. Connect wire
harness. Check it with the tester.
ＮＯ
In vehicle controller
(V-ECU) option setting ＹＥＳ
OPT4, the setting of the
speed limit is not executed.
ＮＯ
Adjust the engine. Or replace the Set OPT4.

wire harness for speed limit. Or OPT4 setting: 11*****
完了
replace the engine controller
(ECM).
4-71
The maximum engine speed goes
up only to the half of the maximum value.
In vehicle controller
(V-ECU) option setting ＹＥＳ
OPT4, the setting of the
speed limit is not
executed
Set OPT4.
ＮＯ
OPT4 setting: 11*****
Confirm capacity and the quality of

the fuel. Replace engine controller
(ECM) if not repaired after the
engine is adjusted.
4-72
The speed limit doesn't change even if the
speed limit selection switch is switched to
higt or low.
There is no input signal of the

ＹＥＳ
speed limit selection switch or
the switch is not connected
with engine controller (ECM).
Replace switch. Connect wire

ＮＯ harness. Check it with the tester.
The higt/low connection of ＹＥＳ

the speed limit selection
switch has changed places.
　
Connect them as follows.
ＮＯ
hiｇh_GoV2：ECM　CNN(48)GRAY/RED
low_GoV１：ECM　CNN（34)GRAY/DK　
BLUE
The value of code 707 is ＹＥＳ

larger than that of code 708.
ＮＯ
Adjust the engine. Or replace the Reduce the value of code 707
wire harness for speed limit. Or more than code 708.
replace the engine controller (ECM).
4-73
The speed more than a set value
of the speed limit is displayed.
The speedometer made of

ＹＥＳ
the other companies is
installed.
Confirm the speedometer specification. It might be an
ＮＯ unsuitable specification to this speed limit specification.
ＹＥＳ
The specification of the tire
was changed.
Use an appropriate tire. Or set code 704
ＮＯ
again according to the tire specification.
Vehicle controller (V-ECU)

or vehicle setting or speed ＹＥＳ
meter setting was changed.
Set code 705 from code 700 according to the

ＮＯ vehicle specification. Adjust the coefficient of the
speed meter by code 719 to an appropriate value.
Neither the speed limit
switch nor the wire harness ＹＥＳ
are correctly connected.
Connect the speed limit switch and the

ＮＯ wire harness correctly.
Code 707,708,709 are not

adjusted. ＹＥＳ
Set the value of code 707,708 to the speed

ＮＯ
limit value. Set the value of code 709 to
100 or an appropriate value.
When descending slope by a
high load or descending a ＹＥＳ
steep incline and a long
slope, it is generated.
ＮＯ
Confirm capacity and the quality of It is normal. This is not a braking

the fuel. Replace engine controller function.
engine is adjusted.
4-74
It doesn't reach a set speed of
the speed limit.
The speedometer made of

ＹＥＳ
the other companies is
installed.
Confirm the speedometer specification. It might be an
ＮＯ unsuitable specification to this speed limit specification.
The specification of the tire ＹＥＳ

was changed.
Use an appropriate tire. Or set code 704

ＮＯ
again according to the tire specification.
Vehicle controller (V-ECU)

or vehicle setting or speed ＹＥＳ
meter setting was changed.
Set code 705 from code 700 according to the

ＮＯ vehicle specification. Adjust the coefficient of the
speed meter by code 719 to an appropriate value.
Code 707,708 are not ＹＥＳ

adjusted.
Set the value of code 707,708 to the speed

ＮＯ limit value.
Code 709 is not adjusted, or ＹＥＳ

it changed.
Set the value of code 709 to 100 or an

ＮＯ appropriate value.
When going up on a slope by

a high load or going up on a ＹＥＳ
steep incline and a long
slope, it is generated.
ＮＯ
Confirm capacity and the quality of It is normal.

the fuel. Replace
完了engine controller
engine is adjusted.
4-75
The value of speed limit 2 (code
708) cannot be changed.
Anything doesn't react even

if the operation button in ＹＥＳ
the display assembly is
pushed.
Replace the operation button or the
ＮＯ display assembly.
It is a special specification ＹＥＳ

vehicle of the speed limit.
ＮＯ
Replace vehicle controller (V-ECU) When it is a speed limit of a special

after confirming完了a soft version of the specification, code 708 and 709
controller if the setting of both code cannot be changed.
707 and 708 is not changed.
4-76
It is displayed that the values of Note: It is displayed in code 707 or 708
the speed limit (code 707 or 708) in the speed limit of a special specification
are "---". as "---".
It is a special specification ＹＥＳ

vehicle of the speed limit.
It is normal. (When the setting is

車両仕様に問題があります。弊社
ＮＯ changed, it is not restorable. )
へ連絡してください。
Code 707 and 708 can be set.

707: 8km/h～15km/h, ＹＥＳ
708: 8km/h～20km/h
ＮＯ
Memory failure: Replace vehicle It is normal.

controllers (V-ECU).
4-77
It doesn't operate at the limitation Example of specification:
speed of the specification though it The speed limit operation is 7 km/h or less or 21 km/h
is a special specification vehicle of or more.
the speed limit.
The setting from code 700

ＹＥＳ
to 704 is different from the
vehicle specification.
Set code 704 from code 700
ＮＯ according to the vehicle
specification.
It is displayed that the value of ＹＥＳ

code 707 and 708 is "---".
ＮＯ
There is a possibility of changing a Replace engine controller (ECM) if not

set value. Contact repaired after the engine is adjusted.
完了our company.
4-78
（２）When there is an indication of error code
Display indicatio Phenomenon: The maximum engine speed goes up only to the
Error code: ErrE330 half of the maximum value.
Possible cause: The CAN communication line is defective
between Vehicle controller (V-ECU) and Engine controller
(ECM).
The communication wiring between

ECM and V-ECU cuts. (There is no
input signal. )
Between ECM CNN(43) and V-ECU ＹＥＳ
CN3 (94) or between ECM CNN(44)
and V-ECU CN3(95), and the one by
way of Vehicle interface CNN(3) and Repair the wiring trouble part.
(4) is contained.
ＮＯ
The wiring between ECM and V-ECU is

short-circuited. ＹＥＳ
with ECM CNN between (43) and (44),
or with V-ECU CN3 between (94) and
(95) Repair the wiring trouble part.
ECM　CNN(43)：BLUE/PINK
ＮＯ ECM　CNN（44）：BLUE/WHITE
The wiring connected with the following

terminal ECM CNN is as shown in the ＹＥＳ
wiring diagram.
ECM CNN(43),(44)
Connect wiring correctly.
ＮＯ
When the ECM CNN connector is

ＹＥＳ
disconnected and connected, the error
is not sometimes displayed.
Connection failure at the ECM connector area.
ＮＯ Repair the connector area or replace the wire
harness.
The same error is displayed even if it

changes it into another vehicle
controller (V-ECU).
ＹＥＳ
ＮＯ
Replace vehicle controllers (V-ECU). Replace engine controller (ECM).
4-79
Possible cause: V-ECU option setting OPT4 is not set. Or the
communication data is incomplete.
In vehicle controller (V-ECU) option

ＹＥＳ
setting OPT4, the setting of the speed
limit is not executed
Set OPT4.
ＮＯ OPT4 setting: 11*****
ＹＥＳ
Other errors are displayed.
Do the troubleshooting again after excluding

ＮＯ the cause of other error.
The same error is displayed even if it

changes it into another vehicle
controller (V-ECU).
ＹＥＳ
ＮＯ
Replace vehicle controllers (V-ECU). Replace engine controller (ECM).
4-80
Possible cause: Failure of speed sensor wiring. The speed sensor
power supply line is short-circuited.
The coating of the speed sensor

ＹＥＳ
wiring has torn.
Repair the wire harness to insulate it.

ＮＯ
When it checks between both terminals

of the sensor connector in testers ＹＥＳ
after the speed sensor is removed, it is
short-circuited. (=0Ω)
Replace speed sensor connector.
ＮＯ
When it checks between OPTION

CNN(1) and (2) both terminals in ＹＥＳ
testers after the speed sensor is
removed, it is short-circuited. (=0Ω)
ＮＯ Wiring failure between OPTION CNN(1),(2) and engine

controller (ECM) CNN(35),(49). Or it is short-circuited
among ECM controller.
When it checks between ECM CNN(35)

and (49) in testers after the speed ＹＥＳ
sensor is removed, it is short-circuited.
(=0Ω
Wiring failure between the speed sensor connector
ＮＯ and ECM. Repair or replace the wire harness.
When it checks between ECM CNN(35)
and (49) in testers after the ECM CNN ＹＥＳ
connector is removed, it is
short-circuited. (=0Ω)
Replace engine controller (ECM).
ＮＯ

ＹＥＳ
disconnected and connected, the error
is not sometimes displayed.
Connection failure at the ECM connector area. Repair
ＮＯ the connector area or replace the wire harness.
The error is not displayed when replacing ＹＥＳ

it for another engine controller (ECM).
ＮＯ
Do the troubleshooting over again. Replace engine controller (ECM).
4-81
Display indicatio Phenomenon: The maximum engine speed goes up only to
Error code: ErrE359 the half of the maximum value.
Possible cause: Failure of speed sensor wiring. The speed
sensor is open-circuited.
The coating of the speed sensor ＹＥＳ
wiring has torn.
ＮＯ Repair the wire harness to insulate it.

When it checks between both
terminals of the sensor connector in ＹＥＳ
removed, it is open- circuit.
Replace speed sensor connector.
ＮＯ

CNN(1) and (2) both terminals in ＹＥＳ
removed, it is open-circuit. (=∞Ω)
ＮＯ Wiring failure between OPTION CNN(1),(2) and

engine controller (ECM) CNN(35),(49). Or it is
open-circuited among ECM controller.
CNN(1), (2), and ECM CNN(35) and
ＹＥＳ
(49) in testers after the speed
sensor and ECM CNN are removed,
it is open-circuit. (=∞Ω) Wiring failure between the speed sensor connector and ECM.
ＮＯ Repair or replace the wire harness.
When it checks between ECM
CNN(35) and (49) in testers after the ＹＥＳ
ECM CNN connector is removed, it
is open-circuit. (=∞Ω)
Replace engine controller (ECM).
ＮＯ
It comes off easily when the connector ＹＥＳ

of the speed sensor is pulled.
ＮＯ Connect it and push until locking.

ＹＥＳ
disconnected and connected, the
error is not sometimes displayed.
Connection failure at the ECM connector area. Repair
ＮＯ the connector area or replace the wire harness.
The error is not displayed when
ＹＥＳ
replacing it for another engine
controller (ECM).
ＮＯ
Do the troubleshooting over again. Replace engine controller (ECM).
4-82
[6] RTV-ECU（Fork horizontal stop controller）
Phenomenon: Tilt operation stops simultaneously with a push of fork

Display indication
horizontal stop button.
Error code: ErrCd00
Possible cause: Break in tilt angle sensor, sensor is outside of its
operating range
Reproduction is not made

even though turning ON and
OFF of key switch was ＹＥＳ
repeated on several occasions
and fork horizontal stop
manipulation was made.
Wait and see for a while.
ＮＯ
When check on the connection

between tilt angle sensor and ＹＥＳ
connector was made, it is not
connected normally or connector
is contaminated.
Connect the connector.
Clean the connector.
ＮＯ
Is there a break or contact ＹＥＳ

failure in the tilt angle sensor
wiring line (CN1-4, 5 and 10)?
Carry out the cause unfolding

of and measures against
ＮＯ break and contact failure and
repair the wiring when needed.
Measure the resistance value

of tilt angle sensor. Resistance ＹＥＳ
value among Cn1-4, 5 and 10
on the sensor side may be
∞Ω or fluctuate.
ＮＯ
RTV-ECU ASSY Replace the fork Replace the tilt angle sensor.
horizontal stop controller.
完了 of internal
There is a possibility
circuit failure.
4-83
Display indication Phenomenon: Tilt operation stops simultaneously with a push of fork
Error code: ErrCd01 horizontal stop button.
Possible cause: Short circuit in the sensor power supply.

ＮＯ
ErrCd01 or other ErrCd

error is displayed at the time ＹＥＳ
when the key switch is
turned ON.
Sensor power supply stays
short-circuited with the GND.
ＮＯ Carry out the cause unfolding
short circuit and repair the
wiring where needed.
Is there continuity between tilt ＹＥＳ

angle sensor signal line (CN1-4)
and frame GND?

ＮＯ short circuit and repair the
wiring where needed.
Measure the resistance of tilt

angle sensor. Resistance value ＹＥＳ
between CN1-4 and CN1-10
or between CN1-4 and CN1-5
is 0Ω.
ＮＯ
RTV-ECU ASSY Replace the fork Replace the tilt angle sensor.
完了
There is a possibility of internal
circuit failure.
4-84
Phenomenon: Error occurs while the key switch stays ON.
Display indication
Possible cause: Tilt angle varies even though the tilt lever stays at
Error code: ErrCd02
the neutral position.
Tilt lever neutral switch specification: Photocoupler is used.

Tilt lever sensor specification: Potentiometer is used.
ＮＯ
Tilt angle varies even though ＹＥＳ

no manipulation was made.
ＮＯ
Tilt valve failure. Check hydraulic piping.
There is a breakage or
abnormal condition in the tilt ＹＥＳ
lever neutral switch or tilt
level sensor.
Replace the tilt lever neutral

ＮＯ switch or tilt lever sensor.
Tilt sensor angle varies even ＹＥＳ

though no manipulation was
made.
Measured resistance value of ＹＥＳ
ＮＯ tilt angle sensor fluctuates.
ＮＯ
Check and fix the
installation of tilt angle
sensor. Replace the tilt
Position of tilt lever neutral ＹＥＳ angle sensor.
switch or tilt lever sensor
becomes misaligned.
ＮＯ Carry out the position adjustment of

tilt neutral switch/tilt lever sensor
and storage of tilt lever center.
RTV-ECU ASSY When
check on the connection of
完了
fork horizontal stop controller ＹＥＳ
was made, it is not connected
normally or connector is
contaminated.
ＮＯ
RTV-ECU ASSY Replace the fork Connect the connector positively.

horizontal stop controller. Clean the connector.
circuit failure.
4-85
Phenomenon: Fork horizontal stop operation does not become stable.
Display indication
Fork does not stop at the set position.
Error code: ErrCd03
Possible cause: Broken circuit, contact failure of connector
RTV-ECU Abnormal condition in the fork horizontal stop controller

ＮＯ
RTV-ECU ASSY When check

on the connection of fork
horizontal stop controller was ＹＥＳ
made, it is not connected
normally or connector is
contaminated.
ＮＯ
RTV-ECU ASSY Replace the fork Connect the connector.

horizontal stop controller. Clean the connector.
完了
circuit failure.
Phenomenon: Fork horizontal stop operation does not become stable.

Display indication
Fork does not stop at the set position.
Error code: ErrCd04
Possible cause: Broken circuit, contact failure of connector
RTV-ECU Abnormal condition in the fork horizontal stop controller
RTV-ECU ASSY
Communication is established
with controller equipped with ＹＥＳ
communication function other
than fork horizontal stop
controller.
ＮＯ
Function other than

RTV-ECU ASSY (fork ＹＥＳ
horizontal stop controller) was
selected in OPT5 in the
serviceman mode.
ＮＯ
RTV-ECU ASSY 完了
Replace the fork RTV-ECU ASSY Connect the fork
horizontal stop controller. horizontal stop controller and V-ECU,
There is a possibility of internal check the setting of OPT5 and make its
circuit failure. setting again.
4-86
Display indication Phenomenon: Fork stops at horizontal position whenever tilt
Error code: ErrCd06 operation is done.
Fork does not work again unless turning ON/OFF of key switch is done.
Possible cause: Broken sensors, improper installation position, break
in harness.
Break in tilt lever sensor, Tilt lever sensor out of its operating range

repeated on several
occasions and fork horizontal
stop manipulation was made.
ＮＯ
When the connection of tilt

lever sensor connector is ＹＥＳ
checked, it is not connected
properly.
Connect the connector

properly.
ＮＯ
When check on the tilt lever

sensor’s line (CN1-4, 5 and ＹＥＳ
10) is made, there is a break
or contact failure.

of and measures against break
ＮＯ or contact failure and repair
the wiring when needed.
Measure the resistance value

of tilt lever sensor. Resistance ＹＥＳ
value among CN1-10, 11 and
12 on the tilt lever sensor side
may be ∞Ω or fluctuate.
ＮＯ
RTV-ECU ASSY Replace the fork Replace the tilt lever sensor.
完了
circuit failure.
4-87
Phenomenon: Fork stops at horizontal position whenever the tilt
Display indication
operation is done.
Error code: ErrCd07
Fork does not work again unless turning ON/OFF of key switch is
done.
Possible cause: Breakdown of sensor, short circuit in wiring
Short circuit in tilt lever sensor

repeated on several
occasions and fork horizontal
stop manipulation was made.
ＮＯ
Resistance value between tilt ＹＥＳ

lever sensor power supply line
(CN1-10) and frame GND is 0Ω.

ＮＯ short circuit and repair the
wiring when needed.

value of tilt lever sensor.
Resistance value between ＹＥＳ
CN1-11 and CN1-10 or
CN1-12 on the tilt lever
sensor side is 0Ω.
ＮＯ
RTV-ECU ASSY Replace the fork Replace the tilt lever sensor.
There is a possibility
完了 of internal
circuit failure.
4-88
Phenomenon: Fork stops at horizontal position even though fork
Display indication horizontal stop button was not pushed.
Error code: ErrCd08 Fork does not work again unless turning ON/OFF of key switch is
done.
Possible cause: Breakdown of fork horizontal stop button,
short-circuit in wiring.
Defect is not reproduced in
spite of repeated manipulation ＹＥＳ
of turning OF/OFF of key
switch.
ＮＯ Wait and see for a while.
ＹＥＳ
Fork horizontal stop button Normal Open
is normal open (NO) type.
Normal Close
ＮＯ
When checking the resistance When checking the resistance

value of fork horizontal stop ＹＥＳ value of fork horizontal stop ＹＥＳ
button, the resistance value button, the resistance value
remains at 0Ω irrespectively remains at 0Ω irrespectively
of pushing or releasing. of pushing or releasing.
Replace the fork Replace the fork
ＮＯ horizontal stop ＮＯ horizontal stop
button. (Replace button. (Replace
together with knob) together with knob)
When checking the resistance When checking the resistance
between fork horizontal stop ＹＥＳ between fork horizontal stop ＹＥＳ
button wiring CN2-7 and body button wiring CN2-22 and 12V
ground, the resistance value is line, the resistance value is 0
0Ω. (There is a continuity) Ω.
ＮＯＮＯ
Error disappears once the Error disappears once the

fork horizontal stop connector ＹＥＳ fork horizontal stop ＹＥＳ
portion CN2-7 was connector portion CN2-22
disconnected. was disconnected.
ＮＯＮＯ
RTV-ECU ASSY Replace Locate the point RTV-ECU ASSY Replace Locate the point
the fork horizontal
完了 stop where CN2-7 is the fork horizontal
完了 stop where CN2-22 is
controller. grounded，take controller. connected with 12V
There is a possibility of measures and repair There is a possibility of line，take measures
internal circuit failure. the wiring. internal circuit failure. and repair the wiring.
4-89
[7] E-HYD (Electronic Hydraulic Controls)
(1) When there is no indication of error code on the display
Phenomenon: The cargo handling operation cannot be used.

Cargo handling is not available.
Possible cause: Failure of hydraulic pump. Loose connection of
proportional solenoid valve connector. Failure of proportional solenoid valve.
Failure of mini lever. A set value is not suitable.
Even if the key switch is turned

on and off or the operation of the ＹＥＳ
mini lever is repeated, trouble is
not reproduced.
ＮＯ
It doesn't sit on the seat by the ＹＥＳ

right posture.
ＮＯ Sit on the seat by the right posture.
There are a lot of contamination ＹＥＳ

in the hydraulic oil.
ＮＯ Replace the hydraulic oil. Replace the oil

filter.
The setting related to E-HYD is ＹＥＳ

not done by the OPT5 setting of
the V-ECU controller.
ＮＯ Do the setting related to E-HYD by the OPT5

setting.
The lever (3rd or 4th) for the ＹＥＳ

attachment doesn't operate.
ＮＯ Set for the 3rd spool or the 4th spool of the

proportional solenoid valve in the OPT5 setting.
The current corresponding to the
operation lever doesn't flow to the ＹＥＳ
proportional solenoid valve.
ＮＯ Confirm the connector or the wiring connection

of the proportional solenoid valve.
The hydraulic pump pressure doesn't ＹＥＳ

reach the set pressure.
The hydraulic pump failure, piping failure or an

ＮＯ
improper piping diameter. Repair or replace.
The loading doesn't operate though

ＹＥＳ
the current corresponding to the
operation lever flows to the
proportional solenoid valve.
Proportional solenoid valve failure. Repair or
ＮＯ
replace.
Replace the mini lever.
4-90
The lever operation and the cargo Phenomenon: The lever operation and the cargo handling
handling movement are different movement are different.
Possible cause: Mistake of piping. Mistake of wiring. Failure of
mini lever. Failure of the E-HYD controller.
The actuator movement is opposite in

ＹＥＳ
the direction of the mini lever
operation.
Confirm the piping connection or the connector
ＮＯ joint of the proportional solenoid valve.
An actuator different from the mini ＹＥＳ

lever operation moves.
Confirm the piping connection or the connector

ＮＯ joint of the proportional solenoid valve.
It operates normally when changing it

into another mini lever.
ＹＥＳ
ＮＯ
E-HYD controller internal circuit Replace the mini lever.

failure.
4-91
The cargo handling movement is Phenomenon: The cargo handling movement is slow.
slow. Possible cause: Failure of hydraulic pump. Loose connection
of proportional solenoid valve connector. Failure of mini lever.
A set value is not suitable.

reach the setting pressure.
The hydraulic pump failure, piping failure or an

ＮＯ improper piping diameter. Repair or replace.
The movement is slow though the

current corresponding to the operation ＹＥＳ
lever flows to the proportional solenoid
valve.
Disassemble and clean the proportional solenoid valve.
ＮＯ
The maximum current value of code A ＹＥＳ

is under default value (0).
Set code A setting to default value (0).

ＮＯ
The connection of the connector of

ＹＥＳ
the proportional solenoid valve is loose.
Contact is dirty or it corrodes.
Check the contact zone of the terminal.
ＮＯ Clean the terminal. Protect the contact.
It operates normally when changing it

ＹＥＳ
ＮＯ

failure.
4-92
The reaction of the cargo handling Phenomenon: The response of the cargo handling movement is abnormal.
movement when the lever is Possible cause: Failure of hydraulic pump. Loose connection of proportional
operated is not steady. solenoid valve connector. Failure of mini lever. A set value is not suitable.
The hydraulic pump pressure ＹＥＳ

is different from the setting
pressure.
The hydraulic pump failure,

ＮＯ piping failure or an improper
piping diameter. Repair or
replace.
The shock-less setting value ＹＥＳ

of code A is not default value
(40).
Adjust a set value of code A.

ＮＯ
The start current value of ＹＥＳ

code A is larger than default
value (0).

ＮＯ
It operates normally when ＹＥＳ

changing it into another mini
lever.
ＮＯ

failure.
完了
4-93
The loading movement moves only Phenomenon: The loading movement moves only to one
to one direction. direction.
Possible cause: Failure of proportional solenoid valve. Loose
connection of proportional solenoid valve connector. Failure
of mini lever. A set value is not suitable.
There is a button for 2 action function

ＹＥＳ
in the 3rd spool or the 4th spool of the
mini lever.
Operate it after pushing 2 action button.
ＮＯ Confirm the operation specification.
The loading doesn't operate though the

valve.
Disassemble and clean the proportional
solenoid valve.
ＮＯ
The connection of the connector of

the proportional solenoid valve is loose. ＹＥＳ

When it confirms between the mini

lever and the E-HYD controller with ＹＥＳ
the tester, it is open-circuit. There is
a short-circuit in the wiring for other
mini levers. Repair wiring after executing the cause
ＮＯ investigation and the solution of the short-circuit.
It operates normally when changing it ＹＥＳ

ＮＯ

failure.
4-94
It is sudden or is late that the Phenomenon: The operation feeling that the loading begins to
loading begins to move after move is not good.
operating the lever. Possible cause: Failure of hydraulic pump. Failure of
proportional solenoid valve. A set value is not suitable.

The hydraulic pump failure, piping

failure or an improper piping
ＮＯ
diameter. Repair or replace.

valve.
solenoid valve.
ＮＯ
The maximum current value of code A ＹＥＳ

is under default value (0).

ＮＯ
The start current value of code A is ＹＥＳ

larger than default value (0).

ＮＯ

ＮＯ

failure.
4-95
The attachment alone doesn't Phenomenon: The attachment alone doesn't move.
move. Possible cause: Loose connection of proportional solenoid valve
connector. Failure of mini lever. A set value is not suitable.
ATT: Attachment,　the 3rd spool or the 4th spool of the mini

lever
The piping of ATT is not done. ＹＥＳ
Do piping for ATT. Confirm

ＮＯ the movement direction.
The 4th spool in OPT5 setting is ＹＥＳ

not effective.
Do effectively by the OPT5 setting.

ＮＯ
It is not a setting of OPT5

corresponding to 2 action function ＹＥＳ
though it is a mini lever for 2 action
function.
Set 2 action function by the OPT5 setting.
ＮＯ
When the lever is operated, two

action button is not pushed. (Only ＹＥＳ
the mini lever with two action
button)
Operate the lever pushing two action button.
ＮＯ
It operates normally when changing

it into another mini lever.
ＹＥＳ
ＮＯ

failure.
4-96
The movement when the loading Phenomenon: The operation feeling when the loading
operation stops is sudden or is late. movement stops is not good.
Possible cause: A set value is not suitable. mini lever

The hydraulic pump failure, piping

ＮＯ failure or an improper piping
diameter. Repair or replace.

valve.
solenoid valve.
ＮＯ
The shock-less setting value of code A ＹＥＳ

is not default value (40).

ＮＯ
The start current value of code A is ＹＥＳ

larger than default value (0).

ＮＯ

ＮＯ

failure.
4-97
Display indication Phenomenon: The loading (lifting) cannot be operated.
　Ｈｙｄ　oＦＦ Possible cause: The mini lever is operated when the key switch is
turned on. Failur of the mini lever.
When the key switch has been turned

ＹＥＳ
"ON" position, the mini lever is
operated.
Return the mini lever to the neutral
ＮＯ position once.
When the key switch has been turned

ＹＥＳ
"ON" position, the mini lever is not at a
neutral position.
Return the mini lever to the neutral position
ＮＯ once.
The mini lever doesn't move smoothly.
ＹＥＳ
ＮＯ
Electric failure of the mini lever. Mechanical failure of the mini lever.
Replace. Repair or replace.
4-98
(2) When there is an indication of error code on the display
Display indication Phenomenon: The cargo handling operation cannot be used.

Error code: ErCA000 Possible cause: Open-circuit of CAN communication line.
Connector loose connection for CAN communication. Electric
noise etc. from the outside.
Even if the key switch is turned on and

ＹＥＳ
off or the operation of the mini lever is
repeated, trouble is not reproduced.
ＮＯ
The connection of the CAN

comunication connector (CN1-10,18,26 ＹＥＳ
line) is loose. Contact is dirty or it
corrodes.
Clean the terminal. Protect the contact.
ＮＯ
The wiring (CN1-10,18,26 line) for CAN ＹＥＳ

comunication is open-circuit.
Repair wiring after executing the cause investigation

ＮＯ and the solution of the open-circuit.
V-ECU or E-HYD controller's software ＹＥＳ

versions are not suitable.
Rewrite the software in an appropriate software

ＮＯ version. Or replace V-ECU or E-HYD controller.
The source of the electric wave and

the electromagnetic wave is near the ＹＥＳ
vehicle.
Radio equipment etc.
ＮＯ
E-HYD controller internal circuit Keep away the source such as the
failure. radio equipment.
4-99
Error code: ErCA001 Possible cause: Fuse cutting, loose connection and
open-circuit by overcurrent.

ＹＥＳ
ＮＯ
Fuse (20A) line in the fuse box is ＹＥＳ

grounded.
Replace fuse after executing the cause investigation

ＮＯ and the solution of the short-circuit.
Fuse (20A) in the fuse box is a

ＹＥＳ
disconnection. Or it is a loose
connection.
Check or replace fuse.
ＮＯ
The connection of the connector CN1

ＹＥＳ
of the E-HYD controller is loose.
The wiring for CN1-27 Br/Y is a ＹＥＳ

disconnection.
ＮＯ
E-HYD controller internal circuit Repair wiring after executing the

failure. cause investigation and the solution
Replace the controller. of the open-circuit.
4-100
Error code: ErCA002 Possible cause: Failure of the relay for E-HYD power supply.
Even if the key switch is

turned on and off or the ＹＥＳ
operation of the mini lever is
repeated, trouble is not
reproduced.
ＮＯ
The error is not displayed

when the relay for the E-HYD ＹＥＳ
power supply is pulled out and
is pushed into.
Check the joint of the relay

for the E-HYD power supply.
ＮＯ Clean the joint.
When relays for the E-HYD ＹＥＳ

power supply are exchanged,
the error is not displayed.
Relay failure. Replace the

ＮＯ relays for the E-HYD power
supply.
It is grounded between CN1-8 ＹＥＳ

and CN1-34
ＮＯ

Replace the controller. of the short-circuit.
4-101
Error code: ErCA003 Possible cause: Failure of the relay for E-HYD power supply.

reproduced.
ＮＯ
The error is not displayed

when the relay for the E-HYD ＹＥＳ
power supply is pulled out and
is pushed into.
Check the joint of the relay

for the E-HYD power supply.
ＮＯ Clean the joint.
When relays for the E-HYD ＹＥＳ

power supply are exchanged,
Relay failure. Replace the

relays for the E-HYD power
ＮＯ supply.
It is open-circuit between ＹＥＳ

CN1-8 and CN1-34.
ＮＯ

4-102
Display indication Phenomenon: The lifting operation cannot be used.
Error code: ErCA004 Possible cause: Failure of the lift-up side of the proportinal solenoid valve.

reproduced.
ＮＯ
When the lift-up side

connector of the proportional ＹＥＳ
solenoid valve is reconnected,
Check the contact zone of

the terminal.
ＮＯ Clean the terminal. Protect
the contact.
The resistance value in the

connector terminal of the ＹＥＳ
proportional solenoid valve is
0Ω.
The proportional solenoid valve

failure.
ＮＯ Repair or replace.

and CN1-11.
ＮＯ

4-103
Display indication Phenomenon: The lifting operation cannot be used.
Error code: ErCA005 Possible cause: Failure of the lift-up side of the proportinal solenoid valve.

reproduced.
ＮＯ
When the lift-up side


the terminal.
the contact.

infinity.

failure.
ＮＯ Repair or replace.

CN1-2 and CN1-11.
ＮＯ

4-104
Display indication Phenomenon: The lowering operation cannot be used.
Error code: ErCA006 Possible cause: Failure of the lift-down side of the proportinal solenoid valve.

reproduced.
ＮＯ
When the lift-down side


the terminal.
the contact.

0Ω.

failure. Repair or replace.
ＮＯ

and CN1-19
ＮＯ

4-105
Display indication Phenomenon: The lowering operation cannot be used.
Error code: ErCA007 Possible cause: Failure of the lift-down side of the proportinal solenoid valve.

reproduced.
ＮＯ
When the lift-down side


the terminal.
the contact.

infinity.

ＮＯ

CN1-2 and CN1-19.
ＮＯ

4-106
Display indication Phenomenon: The tilt back operation cannot be used.
Error code: ErCA008 Possible cause: Failure of the tilt-back side of the proportinal solenoid valve.

reproduced.
ＮＯ
When the tilt-back side


the terminal.
the contact.

0Ω.

ＮＯ

and CN1-20.
ＮＯ

4-107
Display indication Phenomenon: The tilt back operation cannot be used.
Error code: ErCA009 Possible cause: Failure of the tilt-back side of the proportinal solenoid valve.

reproduced.
ＮＯ
When the tilt-back side


the terminal.
the contact.

infinity.

ＮＯ

CN1-3 and CN1-20.
ＮＯ

4-108
Display indication Phenomenon: The tilt forward operation cannot be used.
Error code: ErCA010 Possible cause: Failure of the tilt-forward side of the proportinal solenoid valve.

reproduced.
ＮＯ
When the tilt-forward side


the terminal.
the contact.

0Ω.

ＮＯ

and CN1-12.
ＮＯ

4-109
Display indication Phenomenon: The tilt forward operation cannot be used.
Error code: ErCA011 Possible cause: Failure of the tilt-forward side of the proportinal solenoid valve.

reproduced.
ＮＯ
When the tilt-forward side


the terminal.
the contact.

infinity.

ＮＯ

CN1-3 and CN1-12.
ＮＯ

4-110
Display indication Phenomenon: The cargo handling (the 3rd spool) operation cannot be used.
Error code: ErCA012 Possible cause: Failure of ATT1 A side of the proportinal solenoid valve.

reproduced.
ＮＯ
When the ATT1 A side


the terminal.
the contact.

0Ω.

ＮＯ

and CN1-13.
ＮＯ

4-111

reproduced.
ＮＯ


the terminal.
the contact.

infinity.

ＮＯ

CN1-4 and CN1-13.
ＮＯ

4-112
Error code: ErCA014 Possible cause: Failure of ATT1 B side of the proportinal solenoid valve.

reproduced.
ＮＯ
When the ATT1 B side


the terminal.
the contact.

0Ω.

ＮＯ

and CN1-21.
ＮＯ

4-113

reproduced.
ＮＯ


the terminal.
the contact.

infinity.

ＮＯ

CN1-4 and CN1-21.
ＮＯ

4-114
Display indication Phenomenon: The cargo handling (the 4th spool) operation cannot be used.

reproduced.
ＮＯ


the terminal.
the contact.

0Ω.

ＮＯ

and CN1-14.
ＮＯ

4-115

reproduced.
ＮＯ


the terminal.
the contact.

infinity.

ＮＯ

CN1-5 and CN1-14.
ＮＯ

4-116

reproduced.
ＮＯ


the terminal.
the contact.

0Ω.

ＮＯ

and CN1-22.
ＮＯ

4-117

reproduced.
ＮＯ


the terminal.
the contact.

infinity.

ＮＯ

CN1-5 and CN1-22.
ＮＯ

4-118
Error code: ErCA020 Possible cause: Failure of C1 SOL.

reproduced.
ＮＯ
When the C1 SOL connector is ＹＥＳ

reconnected, the error is not
displayed.

the terminal.
the contact.
The resistance value in the ＹＥＳ

connector terminal of C1 SOL
is 0Ω.
C1 SOL failure. Repair or

replace.
ＮＯ

and CN1-34.
ＮＯ

4-119
Error code: ErCA021 Possible cause: Failure of C1 SOL.

reproduced.
ＮＯ
When the C1 SOL connector is ＹＥＳ

reconnected, the error is not
displayed.

the terminal.
the contact.
The resistance value in the ＹＥＳ

connector terminal of C1 SOL
is infinity.
C1 SOL failure. Repair or

replace.
ＮＯ

CN1-23 and CN1-34.
ＮＯ

4-120
Error code: ErCA023 No analog seat sensor output.
Possible cause: Failure of analog seat sensor output.
Failure of E-HYD controller output.

reproduced.
ＮＯ
When the connector of the

analog seat sensor is ＹＥＳ
connected, the error is not
displayed.

the terminal.
the contact.
The resistance value between ＹＥＳ

analog seat sensor terminals
is 0Ω.
Replace the analog seat sensor

or the seat for the E-HYD.
ＮＯ

and CN2-29.
ＮＯ

4-121
Error code: ErCA024 Analog seat sensor output stop.
Possible cause: Failure of analog seat sensor output.
Failure of E-HYD controller output.

reproduced.
ＮＯ
When the connector of the

analog seat sensor is ＹＥＳ
connected, the error is not
displayed.

the terminal.
the contact.
The resistance value between ＹＥＳ

analog seat sensor terminals
is infinity.
Replace the analog seat sensor

or the seat for the E-HYD.
ＮＯ

CN2-28 and CN2-29 or 2-30.
ＮＯ

Replace the controller. of the open-circuit. .
4-122
Display indication Phenomenon: Only the error indication
Error code: ErCA025 Possible cause: EEPROM error in the E-HYD controller.

ＹＥＳ
ＮＯ
Even if the setting of code A etc. is ＹＥＳ

changed, it is not memorized.

ＮＯ

the electromagnetic wave is near the
E-HYD controller.
Radio equipment etc. ＹＥＳ
ＮＯ
E-HYD controller internal circuit Keep away the source such as

failure. the radio equipment.
4-123
Error code: ErCA026 Possible cause: EEPROM error in the E-HYD controller.

ＹＥＳ
ＮＯ
Even if the setting of code A etc. is ＹＥＳ

changed, it is not memorized.

ＮＯ

the electromagnetic wave is near the
E-HYD controller.
Radio equipment etc. ＹＥＳ
ＮＯ
E-HYD controller internal circuit Keep away the source such as

failure. the radio equipment.
4-124
Display indication Phenomenon: The cargo handling (the 1st spool) operation cannot be used.
Error code: ErCA030 Possible cause: The mini lever is abnormal.

reproduced.
ＮＯ
The state to incline the first ＹＥＳ

spool lever is kept.
Return the mini lever to the

ＮＯ neutral position.
When the connector of the ＹＥＳ

mini lever is connected, the
error is not displayed.

ＮＯ

lever.
ＮＯ

failure.
4-125
Display indication Phenomenon: The cargo handling (the 1st spool) operation cannot be used.

reproduced.
ＮＯ
The state to incline the 2nd ＹＥＳ





lever.
ＮＯ

failure.
4-126

reproduced.
ＮＯ
The state to incline the 3rd ＹＥＳ




ＮＯ

lever.
ＮＯ

failure.
4-127

reproduced.
ＮＯ
The state to incline the 4th ＹＥＳ


neutral position.
ＮＯ



lever.
ＮＯ

failure.
4-128
Error code: ErCA038 Possible cause: Failure of emergency stop operation. Wiring
connection.

ＹＥＳ
ＮＯ
The emergency stop button was

ＹＥＳ
pushed (When the emergency stop
button was installed).
It is normal.
ＮＯ
Another element or the circuit is

connected with wiring for the emergency
stop.
ＹＥＳ
ＮＯ
E-HYD controller internal circuit Remove another element or the

failure. circuit.
4-129
Display indication Phenomenon: Controller output limitation
Error code: ErCA039 Possible cause: Temperature rise around E-HYD controller

ＹＥＳ
ＮＯ
The heat source of the high

ＹＥＳ
temperature is near the E-HYD
controller.
ＮＯ
E-HYD controller internal circuit Keep away the heat source.

failure. Or install the cooling system.
4-130

User Interface: Marks Used in This Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

User Interface: Marks Used in This Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HMM220003

Marks used in this manual

Coolant Temperature Mode Change M Button

Digital Clock, speed display (while traveling),

The operator does not sit in the seat when the

The operator vacated his seat without pulling a

(2) Hour Meter

(3) Fuel Level Gauge (Gasoline /Diesel)

at full tank, all bar level indicators ■

(4) Coolant Temperature Gauge

(5) Digital clock

(7) Engine Oil Pressure Icon

(8) ATF Temperature Icon (Automatic transmission)

(9) Sedimenter Icon (Diesel)

(10) Glow Lamp (Diesel)

(12) Key Switch ON Reminder Warning Buzzer

(13) Low Battery Voltage Warning

(14) Service Interval A (Optional)

・How to set the date and clock time right

・How to set the alarm

How to set the alarm Change the set value：

↓： Time tone ON

：Indicates blinking. ⇔：

with the start of traveling. Further, when

the display mode returns to the Real

Selection of display pattern as Fixed at

※ When the speedometer was attached

Load meter (Optional)

Speedometer Alarm (Optional)

Overload Alarm (Optional)

How the shift toward the operator mode is performed

Display Selection Table (Load Meter: In the case of with option)

Display While Traveling Under stop

Real Time Clock

Speedometer Load Meter

Real Time Clock

Real Time Clock Real Time Clock

Load Meter Load Meter

One display pattern is selectable from the above.

Area framed in by in the figure on the left is an area

Display of the software version number

Coming out from the

↓：button Display of in traveling Display of under stop

Example: Before-setting condition Example: After-setting condition

Display of truck data

・Current truck data

・Today's truck data

・Truck data in the past

・Load Totalization Data (Maker option)

・LTV data (Optional)

・Password-by-password total time (Optional)

Operation management (Standard function) (Optional function)

Example: Today = February 19 Memory of 10-time operation

Function in the case of with

Hour Meter Return to Hour

When the optional password is enabled

↓：Button ＭButton（Return to Hour Meter）

ＭButton（Return to Hour Meter）

Total Today’s loaded time

Loaded Travel Hours

1. Setting the code

How to set: Refer to 3-[5] Controller Setting Code700

2. Copying the display data

↓：button Display of in traveling 　　　Display of under stop

※　　 Display change ▹ button

For　　　　, the details of description vary depending

V-ECU Error ④ Display judgment ↓ 　Button

⑤ Display judgment ↓ 　Button

↓：Display instruction present (1 second later) ⑧ E-HYD Controller Judgment ↓ 　Button

⑩ Display judgment ↓ 　Button

Warning display ⑪ Display judgment ↓ 　Button

⑫ Display judgment ↓ 　Button

↓ 　button Return to beginning